Plastic & Cosmetic Surgery NewsStay informed. Subscribe here Home 5 Plastic + cosmetic surgery newsDermal fillers and COVID vaccinationsThe arrival of COVID vaccinations has brought questions regarding their impact on non-surgical treatments such as dermal fillers and muscle relaxing injections.The Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons alongside The Australasian Society of Cosmetic Dermatologists have assessed the current vaccination options, considered all evidence and issued advice to health care professionals who perform cosmetic injectables treatments.ASAPS and ASCD has advised that the risk for muscle relaxants and energy-based devices (lasers) is low, and there is not enough supporting evidence to prompt a change in current practice.A past history of dermal fillers, or dermal filler still currently present within the face, is not contraindicated to the vaccination.What if I am experiencing side effects from the vaccination on the day my treatment is scheduled?It is recommended that treatment is deferred if the patient is currently recovering from or experiencing side effects from the vaccine. Do I need to leave a gap between fillers and vaccinations?It has been recommended that dermal filler treatments are performed two weeks prior to vaccination or least two weeks after a vaccination, to avoid any adverse reactions occurring at the time when your filler is settling in. This also means that the side effects of the filler treatment or the vaccination cannot be mistaken for one another. If you have further questions regarding booking in for dermal filler treatment and have recently been or are going to soon be vaccinated, contact our practice to book a complimentary consultation with one of our injectors by calling 3202 4744.What are post operative ‘dog ears’?What is a dog ear?An excess ‘pucker’ of skin and fatty tissue at the end of an incision line. They are more common in procedures that involve the removal of a large amount of skin, fat or tissue, for example abdominoplasty, brachioplasty, breast reduction or bilateral subcutaneous mastectomy. Pockets of swelling along the incision line are sometimes mistaken for dog ears during the first few weeks or months of surgery.Dog ears are more likely to occur at the end of an incision line if a patient has residual fat, or loose skin, in the adjacent area. An example of this can sometimes be seen following abdominoplasty, especially if the patient has experienced significant weight loss. Where the tummy tuck incision stops at the hips, patients sometimes have residual skin or fat. This fat can be reduced using liposuction and the skin can be excised using an extended or belt lipectomy at the same time as the abdominoplasty, but often patients do not want the additional cost or scarring associated with these additional abdominoplasty extensions. Where the tight, excised part of the stomach meets the lose skin or fat on the hips or flanks, the end of the incision can pucker. The chances of having a dog ear are much lower if a patient has always had a stable and healthy weight, and only has skin (not much fat) to be removed. Do dog ears go away on their own?In most cases, irregularities along the scar line are less visible once superficial swelling has subsided, in the 3-6 months after surgery. But in some cases, dog ears remain after the swelling has dissipated. How are dog ears removed?If dog ears persist after your swelling has subsided, they can usually be excised under local anaesthetic in our clinic.The procedure takes about 20-30 minutes. The area is completely numbed by a local anaesthetic injection. You will revisit the clinic a week later for the incision to be checked and tape changed. Dog ears: things to consider As with all surgical procedures, it’s imporant to have realistic expectations about your results, based on how your body looked before surgery. If your skin has been very stretched in the area you are having your procedure, dog ears are more likely to occur. Also, if you want a standard incision length for your arm lift, abdominoplasty etc – but still have residual fat and loose skin in the area where your incisions will end, you are more likely to have a dog ear.While dog ears can be relatively easily excised after your swelling has gone down, it’s important to consider how you might feel about having a minor procedure after your primary surgery, and the additional recovery time required.Does lymphatic drainage help after plastic surgery?Many of our patients have very large procedures, and after these they can experience of build up of fluid in or around the operative area. This fluid is the body’s normal response to trauma and is to be expected after any surgery.While the body (with the help of small drain tubes, for some procedures) usually eliminates the fluid during the first few weeks or months after surgery, most people will experience some residual swelling after procedures such as abdominoplasty, facelift, breast reduction, brachioplasty and breast augmentation. Some patients are prone to more swelling, or can experience delayed swelling after returning to work or physical activity.If persistent or recurrent swelling is troubling you, lymphatic drainage massage can help in the months following surgery. Anecdotally, we find that patients who undergo procedures such as abdominoplasty, liposuction or brachioplasty and proactively treat their oedema, can shorten their recovery time.Kangaroo Point based therapist Kaori Langley (pictured) specialises in lymphatic drainage and says it is “excellent for quicker and smoother recovery from injuries and surgeries”.Ms Langley explains that through the pumping and stretching effect on the lymph vessels, lymphatic drainage “stimulates the contraction of smooth muscles in lymph vessels, helping to move the lymph forward and drain the connective tissue”. She also notes that the therapy is calming and relaxing to receive, and patients often feel a sense of wellbeing after treatment. When can I start lymphatic drainage after surgery?If your lymphatic drainage is being performed by a qualified therapist with experience in post operative oedema, you can start gentle lymphatic massage in the areas adjacent to your procedure in the second week after surgery. Lymphatic drainage should not be performed on or directly adjacent to scars until at least 6 weeks after surgery.Is it essential for me to have lymphatic drainage after massage?No, but it is an option you might wish to consider after surgery. The vast majority of patients find their swelling reduces on its own without intervention, through a healthy lifestyle/diet and following their post operative instructions closely, which includes limiting activity and diligent use of compression garments. In the hands of an experienced and qualified therapist, however, lymphatic drainage can only be a positive contribution to your healing, and we are supportive of patients pursuing this therapy to support their recovery.How do I know if the amount of swelling I have is normal or needs intervention?Normally, post operative swelling will be at its ‘peak’ during the first 3-10 days after surgery, and slowly dissipates in the months following surgery with the wearing of compression garments and adherence to post operative instructions. Some parts of the body, such as the face and nose, produce swelling so intense that it can persist for up to one year. Your post operative care nurse will examine your swelling at your first post op consult and will flag any usual swelling (which is why it is so important not to skip this appointment). You are also welcome to reach out to us with any swelling questions between your scheduled post op visits; these queries do not need to wait until your next appointment if you have concerns.Just as we all bruise and scar differently, swelling is also unique to each patient. Some are more prone to swelling than others. It is misleading to compare your swelling to friends or family who have had the same surgery.It is not normal to experience a sudden increase in swelling, weeks after surgery. This usually indicates too much physical activity, or injury to the operative area. In the event that this occurs, we ask patients to please contact the clinic so we can assess the swelling.What do plastic surgery scars look like?What do plastic surgery scars look like?All surgical procedures will result in some form of visible scarring. In the early months post operatively most scars may appear red, raised or irritated. Fortunately, most scars will improve and fade in the 24 months following your surgery. However they will never be invisible.The following scars are shown when scarring is at its worst – between 6 weeks and 12 months after surgery. Scroll down to view the important factors that determine what your scars look like after surgery. Some of these factors can be controlled, while others cannot.Breast augmentationBreast augmentation scars run horizontally under the breast and are usually 2-4 cm in length. The first two images below show breast augmentation scars (with the patients’ arms raised – when arms are down, this usually sits in the crease of the breast). The first image shows mature scars (ie 2 years old) and the image on the right shows the scar at 6-12 weeks, when it is darker, and more prominent but still well hidden under the breast (final image). AbdominoplastyA standard abdominoplasty scar runs from hip to hip. There is also a scar around the umbilicus where the belly button is moved and attached to its new position. Abdominoplasty scars are very long, and can be straight, irregular and everything in between. How other people’s abdominoplasty scars look does not indicate how yours will look, as discussed further on, there are many individual factors that determine how you scar. The best way to optimise abdominoplasty scarring is to follow post op instructions; no stretching or pulling on the scar and daily massage.The image on the left shows abdominoplasty scarring at its most prominent, early stage, around the 3 month post op mark. The image on the right shows the same patient 2 years after surgery. This is why surgeons ask patients to please be patient and wait for the scar to fully mature before judging a scar’s ‘final’ result. Breast reduction or liftBreast reduction or mastopexy scars run around the nipple, vertically down the lower pole of the breast and horizontally under the breast. When a breast augmentation and mastopexy is performed at the same time, due to the pressure and weight of the implant behind the incision lines, scaring can be wider, thicker and more visible in the first 2 years after surgery than a breast lift alone. This usually improves with time, patience and good scar care.The images below show breast lift and augmentation scar development at different stages of maturity. Where the umbilicus is also shown in the image, the patient has had an abdominoplasty/tummy tuck as well, so their belly button scarring can also be seen in these images. What impacts your scarring?Many factors play a role in the healing process and how well a scar matures. These can include: EGenetic predisposition (eg keloid) ESkin tone/type EPhysical activity and movement after surgery ELifestyle factors EHealth related issues EType of surgery EType of sutures EWhere the incision lines were placed and your own natural healing capacity EWhether you experience any infection or wound interruptionLooking at other patients’ scars is not a good way of gauging how your own incisions will look when they fully ‘mature’. Your body will heal differently, and your skin type will be different, as will be your genetic predisposition to healing. Every patient heals differently, however the majority of patients have little to no issues with their scars improving over time, with some basic care principles and patience.When do I use silicone tape?Surgical incisions on the face are generally not taped, but on the breasts and body you will usually have breathable tape dressings, which will stay on for 3 weeks.From 3 weeks onwards, Dr David Sharp recommends changing over to silicone tape for another 3 months. Silicone tape is a topical scar treatment that supports your incision line while delivering a supply of silicone to the scar, improving its appearance over time. The tape can be applied by you at home, and consist of thin skin coloured sheets of silicone. They are usually changed over weekly. Patients are able to shower and participate in normal activities while wearing the tape.If you have any broken areas of skin, wound breakdown or scabs, don’t place the silicone tape over these areas. Sometimes patients can develop a local reaction to silicone tape. Please exercise your discretion – if you develop a rash or irritation, cease use, consult your pharmacist about analgesia or antihistamines and allow the area to settle down over the following 48 hours before contacting us if the itching or rash doesn’t subside. Thereafter, try using silicone gel daily instead of tape.What post operative scar optimisation options do we offer in our clinics? ESilicone tape ESilicone gel EFraxel laser EPRP (platelet rich plasma) ELED EDermapen microneedling ECompounded scar gel (provided on prescription) EOur post op instructions specify Dr Sharp’s recommendations regarding daily massage of scars at the right time in the healing process.While we offer these scar optimisers, they are optional. We find most scars heal very well on their own 0 and to patients’ satisfaction – without requiring more than daily silicone gel massage or tape.Internal scarsInternal scars occur with every procedure – wherever tissue is cut, a scar forms to heal the area.Sometimes, internal scars will thicken or even tether. This is usually most pronounced in the two years following surgery. This is especially so if you have had multiple surgeries in one area. Daily massage is recommended, but if your scars are painful or inhibiting movement, we can also refer you to scar care specialists who can provide targeted scar therapies. Talk to us if you would like a referral. This is especially so, if you have had multiple surgeries in the same area.Why does BMI matter when having plastic surgery?Talking about weight in a clinical setting of surgical suitability can be very difficult for some patients, and we understand body weight can be a sensitive matter. Dr Sharp wants to ensure the best possible outcome for each of his patients, and their safety is front of mind in all of his decisions.We advise patients of our BMI requirement when they book in their consultation, and while most understand the clinical reasons behind this, some find it very confronting and the cause of anger and disappointment. If you are struggling with your weight and considering plastic surgery, it can be helpful to prepare for the potentially emotional aspects of having your BMI discussed during this process.This page explains the medical reasons why plastic surgeons have BMI requirements for elective or cosmetic procedures; is it not designed to provide medical advice – or cover all reasons why someone might not be a suitable candidate for surgery.How to determine your BMIWe recommend using The Heart Foundation’s BMI calculator.BMI Classifications:Less than 18.5: Underweight 18.5–24.9: Healthy weight 25–29.9: Overweight 30 and over: Obese Why use BMI as a decision making tool?Although BMI is not a perfect measure, it is generally agreed to be the most useful and valid for adults. Its use is recommended by the World Health Organisation and in the Clinical Practice Guidelines for the Management of Overweight and Obesity in Adults, Adolescents and Children in Australia.How does obesity impact surgical safety and outcomes?A healthy weight will improve your suitability for the procedure, increase the procedure’s overall safety and help you achieve the best possible aesthetic result. Studies show that in addition to an increased risk of anaesthetic complications, having a high BMI gives patients a greater risk of post operative complications and poor outcomes following surgery, such as: EWound infection EDelayed recovery ESeroma EHaematoma EPoor wound healing, tissue necrosis and scar complications ESuboptimal aesthetic resultsShould I wait until my BMI is under 30 before consulting Dr Sharp?Yes, to get the most out of the time and money you invest in your consult, we recommend that you see Dr Sharp when you have reached the weight you intend to be at the time of your surgery. This enables him to accurately advise and quote you, based upon your body as it will be at the time of surgery. Weight loss can change your surgical plan and applicable MBS item numbers (which can also impact your quote), so we suggest attaining your ideal weight before consulting a plastic surgeon, so you do’t have to go though the process – and expense – of doing it all over again, once you’ve reached your ideal weight.What if other measurement tools indicate I am in a healthy range?Please let us know. There are other weight and health measurement tools available, such as waist-to-height ratio, body adiposity index and body fat measurement. If your BMI is over 30 but you have undergone any of these tests – and they determine that you are in are in a healthy range – please advise us of this, as it is possible that you might meet the criteria for elective surgery.What should I do if I want to lose weight in order to have surgery?We recommend speaking to your General Practitioner, an Accredited Practising Dietitian or a trusted health practitioner; lots of options and support exist, from dietary and lifestyle changes through to bariatric surgery. We also recommend the LifeShape Clinic.Are surgeons allowed to have BMI requirements?Yes, all surgeons are expected to utilise best practice when determining their criteria for surgical candidate selection – as well as the knowledge and experience they have accumulated over years of performing surgery. Your surgeon should use clear and respectful terminology when explaining their BMI requirements.Does Dr Sharp have any other health criteria for surgery?Yes, the list of what places a patient at a higher risk of adverse outcomes during or following surgery is very long and includes (but is not limited to): smoking, certain medications and underlying health problems, alcohol or drug abuse, body dysmorphia and other mental health or addiction issues. These and other factors are included in the surgeon’s decision making process with each individual patient.Learn more about having plastic surgery on our Frequently Asked Questions page.Ready to book your initial consult?Call our friendly patient support team on 3202 4744 or email info@drdavidsharp.com.au – we’d love to assist!How to apply topical antibiotic ointment after plastic surgeryIf you’re having facelift, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty or facial lesion surgery, you will take home a topical antibiotic ointment after your procedure. This ointment helps to reduce the risk of wound infections and promotes healthy skin healing following plastic surgery.Apply the ointment 2-3 times a day, using a clean finger or cotton tip. Generally, patients having surgery on their breasts or body are not required to use the ointment, nor are patients who have tapes over their incision lines following surgery.If you have any questions about applying your ointment, refer to your post op instructions or contact your post op nurse on 3202 4744.What is a non surgical facelift?‘Nonsurgical facelift’ or ‘liquid facelift’ are (slightly misleading) terms for a diverse group of procedures used by cosmetic injectors, to improve facial rejuvenation without the use of operative techniques.A facelift is an aesthetic surgical procedure that removes excess facial skin and usually also involves some degree of lifting internal facial tissues. Modern facelifts reposition mid and lower face fat pads and tighten the skin in the mid face, lower face and upper neck. It does not, however revolumise, reduce static lines, improve skin texture or hydration, as fillers and muscle relaxing injections can.The advent of facial fillers – and more recently, their strategic use across the face to provide support, replace lost fat pads and mimic bone structure, has given rise to the concept of the ‘liquid’ or ‘non surgical’ facelift.According to recent research published in Facial Plastic Surgery, patients request non surgical facial rejuvenation injections as they involve less recovery time and generally lower risk than a facelift, “however, nonsurgical techniques, to be effective, must induce conformational change in the cells and tissues of the face”.“Therefore, these techniques are significant procedures that have associated risks. Understanding the tissue modifications and mechanisms of action of these techniques is vital to their safe and effective use.”Facelifts and injectables both rejuvenate the face, but they act in different ways. Dr Sharp takes a holistic approach to facial rejuvenation, which usually involves excising excess skin and tightening underlying facial structures (which injectables can’t do) and replacing lost facial volume and relaxing overactive facial muscles that cause deep lines and wrinkles (which facelift surgery can’t do). ResourcesTissue Modification in Nonsurgical Facelift Options Lucas M. Harrison, Ryan Shapiro, R Michael Johnson https://www.thieme-connect.com/products/ejournals/abstract/10.1055/s-0040-1721115Want to know more about facelift surgery or dermal fillers? Call 3202 4744 to speak with our helpful patient care team.New research shows benefits of PRPAccording to research published in the January issue of the Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Journal, “PRP has emerged as one of the most desired nonsurgical treatments” for a range of different cosmetic procedures and facial rejuvenation.The American Society of Plastic Surgeons has tracked the procedure since 2015 and reports a 25 percent increase in cosmetic PRP use in the last four years.How does PRP work?Platelet rich plasma (PRP) treatment involves extracting a small amount of a patient’s own blood and separating the platelets, which are rich in growth factors. In the Sharp Clinic, separation occurs through the latest centrifuge technology, spinning the patient’s blood into separate components. Once the red blood cells are removed, the liquid component of blood (plasma) remains. The plasma is rich in platelets, which play a critical role in blood clotting. When tissue damage occurs, platelets rush to the area, initiating a series of events to halt bleeding and begin the wound healing process. Platelets have been shown to release over 30 growth factors and other biologically active proteins, instigating new blood vessel formation and new tissue development.“Treatments using PRP show great promise for harnessing the body’s own natural tissue repair processes to help our patients achieve improved form and function,” lead author Edward Chamata said.This cocktail of natural growth factors likely explains the wide range of therapeutic benefits reported with PRP.Skin rejuvenation and PRPPRP can be injected via a needle or cannula, under the skin superficially, to improve skin texture, colour and reduce wrinkles. It is also commonly delivered into the skin via nonsurgical microneedling. In The Sharp Clinics, we use Dermapen microneedling to deliver PRP in this method.Current evidence suggests microneedling can improve collagen production, skin condition and rejuvenation.Microneedling – in conjunction with PRP – has also emerged for treatment of atrophic acne scars and skin pigmentation. Multiple sessions are usually required to maintain and achieve results.To book your PRP consultation please call 3202 4744.2020 Before and After Highlights Video: plastic and cosmetic surgery results Thank you to the wonderful patients who chose us to be part of their self-care, during the unique year that 2020 turned out to be!This video showcases a small selection of the results achieved by our patients during the year. Researching plastic surgery can be both exciting and daunting, so thank you to the patients who kindly permit us to share their images, to help educate those who are just starting their surgical journeys.From breast augmentation surgery, facelift, abdominoplasty and mummy makeover procedures – through to injectables and skin treatments, our team takes immense pride in every improvement achieved for our lovely patients.View more before and after photos on our respective treatment pages, or call 3202 4744 to book a consultation.Whether you are looking for a small, subtle adjustment or a total transformation, we look forward to working with our patients to provide more exciting results in 2021!Content warning: video shows surgical results, scars, bare skin and real bodies of all shapes and ages Results will vary. Seek the opinion of a qualified plastic surgeon before undergoing surgery.Why do we offer free Fraxel laser resurfacing to all of our facelift patients in our Brisbane and Ipswich Clinics?All of Dr Sharp’s facelift patients receive a complimentary Fraxel non ablative laser resurfacing treatment, included as part of their facelift procedure. This is because Facelift surgery does a great job of removing excess skin and lifting the underlying facial structure, but it does not improve skin quality in the way that only a laser resurfacing treatment can! We offer our facelift patients Fraxel resurfacing to reduce pigmentation, stimulate collagen production and optimise postoperative scarring, for a truly holistic result – both above and below the skin.How does Fraxel improve pigmentation?Sun exposure, hormones and pregnancy can leave us with unwanted pigmentation, especially in Queensland, where our skin experiences high UV exposure. Pigmentation occurs when the body overproduces melanin, causing dark spots on the face and body. Fraxel laser resurfacing helps to lift off the pigmentation and age spots that can give the skin a prematurely aged appearance. Deep pigmentation can require multiple treatments, and if this is the case, we usually start with the complimentary full face Fraxel laser after facelift surgery initially, and then perform some small, spot-treatments on the pigmented areas about 12 weeks later, for any stubborn pigmentation.How does Fraxel laser improve post operative scarring?Scars take about 24 months in total to reach full maturity, and scars will always be visible – but an early and proactive approach to your scar healing can significantly reduce the scar’s appearance and accelerate the maturation process. Fraxel is a powerful tool in the remodelling of scarring; when performed in the early scar healing period, it optimises the way in which the body lays down collagen in the scar itself, helping to make the scar smoother, lighter and less visible. Wherever possible, Dr Sharp places his facelift scars in the best position to be concealed by the natural ear fold or hairline. Fraxel can be especially beneficial for patients who like to wear their hair up – or those with thin hair, who are concerned about the visibility of facelift scarring around their ears and the hairline.How does Fraxel reduce fine lines and wrinkles?Facelift surgery will help to smooth out and tighten your skin in a way that no laser can – but you will still have fine lines and wrinkles on your face afterwards. That’s where Fraxel comes in, removing the upper layer of skin using strategic micro laser beams to lift off the skin’s surface and stimulating collagen and elastic production, which helps to reduce the visibility of fine lines and wrinkles. As our skin continues to age, and the Queensland sun accelerates our skin ageing due to solar damage, maintenance treatments every 1-2 years are recommended, so you continue to see results long into the future.What is The Total Face Approach to Facial Rejuvenation using Cosmetic Injections?We are always amazed by the results that can be achieved with good skin care, medical grade skin therapies and strategically placed injectables.This patient had facial rejuvenation injections with Nurse Deborah, using dermal fillers and muscle relaxants, to restore volume, enhance facial structure and add hydration from the inside outDuring multiple visits across a 12 month period, the patient had: K1 full face Fraxel resurfacing treatment Kdermal filler to enhance bone structure, replace lost facial volume and rehydrate lips Kmuscle relaxing injections in the upper face and chin - we aim for refreshed, not frozen How long does it last? Maintaining cosmetic injectables resultsTo retain results, we recommend maintenance muscle relaxing injections every 3-5 months.Dermal filler can last anywhere from 10 months up to several years, depending on the type of filler, area of the face and patient’s own metabolism.Synergie SkincareOur skin therapist Diane also prescribed a Synergie Skin routine for this patient to strengthen and refine her skin at home.Costs of full face injectable treatmentsEach treatment is customised, and results will vary from patient to patient. A complimentary consultation and facial assessment is required to determine if the treatment is right for you. Quotes are provided following consultation.Thank you to our beautiful patient for sharing her results, so others can learn about treatment options. We note the ‘before’ photo was taken in our previous clinic, with a different lighting setup, before her treatments began.To book, please call 3202 4744 .The Benefits of Silicone Tape for Post Operative ScaringAll surgical procedures will result in some form of visible scarring. In the early months post operatively most scars may appear red or irritated. Fortunately most scars will fade in the 24 months following your surgery, however they will never be invisible.Many factors play a role in the healing process and how well a scar matures. These can include genetics, skin tone, lifestyle factors, health related issues, the type of surgery you had, where the incision lines were placed and your own natural healing capacity. Every patient heals differently, however the majority of patients have little to no issues with their scars improving over time, with some basic care principles and patience.Scars take about 2 years to fully mature. In addition to taping and daily scar massage, modern scar optimisation treatments include skin needling, Fraxel laser treatments and LED light therapies. These support the healing of your scar and promote healthy collagen and elastin production.Surgical incisions on the face are generally not taped, but on the breasts and body you will usually have breathable tape dressings, which will stay on for 3 weeks. From 3 weeks onwards, Dr David Sharp recommends changing over to silicone tape for another 3 months. Silicone tape is a topical scar treatment that supports your incision line while delivering a supply of silicone to the scar, improving its appearance over time. The tape can be applied by you at home, and consist of thin skin coloured sheets of silicone. They are usually changed over weekly. Patients are able to shower and participate in normal activities while wearing the tape.Silicone Tape will help your scar heal by:Improving hydration in the surface of the skin/scarEncourage the production of fibroblasts, which are cells that promote connective tissue formation, and repair collagen in the area of the incision, to ensure a softer or flatter scar.Protect incision line from bacteria, which will prevent infection.Minimising redness, itching, bumps or pain as the scar healsSilicone tape can be used on all areas of the body provided the area has healed adequately and you have been advised it is okay to proceed with applying the tape to the surgical site. These tapes can also be used on both new and old scars.Factors that affect surgical outcomesWhen talking about ‘results’ in plastic surgery, we consider both functional and aesthetic outcomes. For example, in the case of breast reduction, ‘functional’ outcomes might include less back pain, whereas aesthetic results might relate to proportion, symmetry and ‘perkiness’.Not all plastic surgery procedures offer both functional and aesthetic improvements, for example, sometimes rhinoplasty surgery might make a nose look more proportionate, but this might mean the passageway is narrower when breathing. Or augmented breasts might be perceived as aesthetically more beautiful, but functionally might be left with some sensation loss in areas. These are all important things to weigh up before booking surgery.Although plastic surgery involves effective and rewarding procedures, whereby the benefits significantly outweigh the risks – like every area of surgery, it is not an exact science. The extent of surgical success can be impacted by how each individual’s body responds to surgery and recovery. Although good results are expected, there is no guarantee of a specific outcome, and in some situations, it may not be possible to achieve the desired result with a single surgical procedure; in this case, revision surgery may be necessary.This information is not shared to scare or deter patients, but they are vital considerations. Dr Sharp and his team will share a list of risks associated with your surgery; you will be asked to sign consent forms confirming that you fully understand the procedure and any risks or potential complications. It is normal to feel a mixture of nerves and excitement; do not hesitate to ask questions or share these feelings or concerns with Dr Sharp or his team.The following factors play the biggest role in your surgical outcome:• your overall physical and mental health• being in healthy or overweight BMI range (ie under 30 points)• being well informed and having realistic expectations preoperatively • disclosing previous surgery, allergies, medications/supplements and pre existing health conditions prior to your surgeryPrior to surgery, your surgeon might request:• Blood tests or xrays• Medical evaluation by a specialist• Psychological evaluation to ensure suitability for surgery• Adjustment in current medications• Cessation of smoking at least 6 weeks preoperatively• Weight loss before surgery can optimally proceed• Adjustments to your exercise schedule or workload to ensure safe recovery Weight and surgeryStudies show that obese patients suffer from a significantly higher incidence of perioperative complications than normal or overweight patients.What is BMI?BMI stands for ‘body mass index’. It takes your weight and divides it by the square of your height in meters.BMI is a helpful indictor, but it is not always a perfect assessment as it does not take into account muscle weight for extremely muscular people; so if you have recently used a different body fat percentage tool, please share this with your surgeon so they can use this instead when determining suitability for surgery.What’s the difference between being obese and being overweight when having surgery?Whether you are overweight or obese depends on your BMI -nor body fat percentage. Generally, a person between 25 – 30% body fat is considered overweight. Someone with a BMI greater than 30 is considered obese.Most studies have shown increased perioperative complications in patient with BMI over 30. These include:• increased anaesthetic risks and operating time• increase in technical difficulties of surgery• compromised healing response, necrosis and breakdown of surgical wounds• longer hospital stays and increased likelihood of readmission to hospital due to complications • increase rate of infection and prolonged wound healing• suboptimal aesthetic outcomeThe complications associated with obesity can be overcome with weight reduction prior to surgery. During your pre consultation booking process, we will request your BMI. If your BMI is in the obese category we recommend postponing your appointment with Dr Sharp until such time as it is under 30; this means Dr Sharp can perform an accurate assessment of your ‘preoperative’ body habitus; and provide appropriate clinical recommendations, surgical plan and quote.If you have trouble losing weight, we recommend speaking to your GP for advice. They might recommend seeing a bariatric surgeon or a nutritionist, dietician, food therapist/psychologist or medically supervised weightloss clinic such as LifeShape.Once you have reached your target weight, Dr Sharp suggests maintaining a stable weight for a few months before considering plastic surgery. Weight gain after aesthetic procedures will often result in unsatisfactory results. Subsequent weight loss can also affect your cosmetic outcome.Smoking and surgerySmoking is also another important factor that can affect your surgical outcome. Smoking impacts your body’s ability to heal, impairing white blood cell function and causing constriction of blood vessels, reduced oxygenation of tissues and compromised healing.In addition to its impact on aesthetic outcomes, smoking also brings a higher incidence of infection and lung problems after general anaesthesia – so quitting prior to surgery is an important overall safety measure as well. Smokers need to stop smoking for a minimum of six weeks before surgery, and must continue to abstain from smoking for two months post op. A surgeon can request testing on the day of surgery to determine the level of smoking-related toxins in the body. If healing complications occur, revisional surgery can be costly – and permanently impact your results.Nutrition and surgeryGood nutrition is integral to a healthy recovery. From wound healing through to inflammation reduction, so much of your recovery can be assisted by a healthy, balanced diet consisting of whole foods. Investing in the advice of a nutritionist preoperatively can help you pack your cupboard and fridge with the right food and supplements for your body, ready for your recovery. We can’t emphasise the benefits of avoiding processed food enough during your healing period.Read consent forms and ask questionsPrior to your surgery, you will be given consent forms containing important considerations associated with your procedure. It is important not to skip over these, in the excitement of preoperative preparations. We share these risks and complications because they are real, and they do happen from time to time, even when best practices are followed. Patients who undertake elective plastic surgery must accept these risks before signing their consent forms. It’s important to consider how you would feel if a complication occurred; how it might impact your mental health, finances, fitness, relationships and job.The decision to have cosmetic or plastic surgery is extremely personal and you’ll have to decide if the benefits will achieve your goals and if the risks and potential complications are acceptable.Most of the risks are very uncommon, but some patients may be at higher risk for specific complications due to pre existing health issues, natural anatomy or medications.In our experience, patients who spent time considering these possibilities prior to surgery tend to have better outcomes. Perhaps this is because they have more reasonable expectations or because they are also more inclined to follow post operative instructions closely.Follow post operative instructionsIt is very important to follow all information given to you by Dr Sharp or your clinic nurse, including pre and post operative instructions. These instructions are provided because they help produce the best possible outcomes after surgery. Not following them may result in avoidable risks to your health, recovery and surgical outcome.The power of positive mental wellbeingThe mind-body connection has long been acknowledged by science, with research showing that anxiety, depression and high stress levels negatively impact on post operative healing.If you have recently experienced these, please speak to your GP, psychologist/psychiatrist and plastic surgeon about whether elective plastic surgery is suitable for you right now.Anecdotally, of the hundreds of patients we see each year, those that have a positive mindset and anxiety levels tend to have healthier recoveries and better outcomes. Research also suggests that the positive or negative mindset of your post operative support person can impact pain and discomfort levels.If you develop anxiety or depression symptoms after surgery, we recommend promptly seeking the advice of your GP or psychologist to support your optimal recovery.Don’t rush back to the gymOverdoing it too early is one of the most common reasons why people have complications in the two to twelve weeks following surgery.You might feel ready to return to lifting shopping bags or trying the rowing machine at the gym a month after your breast augmentation, but your muscles, ligaments, suture line and implant pocket isn’t! When complications arise at this stage of healing it is usually evident that post operative instructions aren’t being followed.Regularly review your post op instructions during your recovery period so you know what to expect, and when to recommence certain activities.At any stage after surgery, if your body responds to activity with pain, swelling or shape change in your operative area, cease the activity and get in touch with the clinic. Your body might require longer time frames than usual before returning to certain activities.If you rely upon physical activity to maintain your mental health – or for your job – it’s important to consider the impact that this extended ‘downtime’ might have.Learn more about having plastic surgery on our Frequently Asked Questions page.Ready to book your initial consult?Call our friendly patient support team on 3202 4744 or email info@drdavidsharp.com.au – we’d love to assist!Food and Supplements that Post Operatively Promote Internal Healing and Optimal Gut HealthAfter any kind of surgery, the best thing we can do for our recovery is to give our body a chance to focus on healing the treated areas; restoring tissue, building new collagen and elastin and keeping the areas free of infection, strain or inflammation. It is important to keep dressings, incision lines and drain sites clean, dry and free of makeup. It’s understandable to think that this is the only after-care instruction to consider, however we also encourage patients to be aware of what they are doing internally to consciously promote optimal healing and scar formation.Good nutrition post operativelyFoods rich in vitamins and minerals will help your body heal and support your immunity after surgery. They encourage cell turnover and fight free radicals. Anti-inflammatory foods will assist with calming inflammation and swelling. Fibre rich foods will keep bowel movements regular – this is an important aspect of your health post operatively due to the constipating effects of some pain killers.General anaesthetic, antibiotics and strong pain relief can upset the stomach in more ways than one, so it is important to eat whole, natural foods that our body can easily digest.Water is the best possible thing you can drink after surgery, followed by herbal teas. Staying well hydrated will help your blood pressure stable and replenish lost fluids. A wonderful way to increase your water intake if you struggle to drink plain water is to add fruits and citrus to the bottle; not only does this infuse vitamins and minerals into the water, it also offers some taste for those who struggle to keep up their fluid intake.Food and drinks to avoid post operatively, particularly in the first few weeks of healing are alcohol, fast foods and anything with excessive sugar – including soft drink and cordial. Each one of these items encourage inflammation in the body the moment they are digested. Eating and drinking these will not benefit your healing process.Supplements for post operative healing:We stock a range of supplements in our clinic that are boosters to your post- operative diet. Three of our favourites are:Quercetin by BioCeuticals: this powerhouse supplement reduces inflammation, lowers blood pressure and regulate blood sugars. It is also beneficial for fighting free radicals within the body.Opti3 Vegan Omegas: omegas have been shown to reduce inflammation and infections as well as improving wound healing.UB 75 by BioCeuticals: antibiotics can destabilise your gut lining, which is why we recommend this multi-strain probiotic. Much of your immune system hinges upon what occurs in your gut; plus, a happy tummy makes the healing process much more comfortable!Our favourite fibre rich and anti-Inflammatory foods for post op healing include EBroccoli, carrots, beetroot, spinach EPear, apple, strawberries, banana EGinger, turmeric, olive oil EBrown Rice, Rye Bread, Whole Grain Bread (in small amounts), oats and brazil nutsOrganic is best as it avoids burdening your body with chemicals while it is trying to recover, but if you can’t get your hands on fresh organic produce, any of the above will be better than a fast food or microwave dinner diet, post operatively.It’s important to discuss post op nutrition with your doctor, naturopath or nutritionist as major diet changes or supplements can interfere with other medications, treatments and supplements – or trigger intolerances and allergies.Ultimatley, improving your diet and nutrition post operatively can instigate healthy habits that extend beyond the early recovery phase, bringing helpful long terms changes to your lifestyle, energy levels and weight stability.Will I Still Have Stomach Creases or Rolls after Abdominoplasty Surgery?Yes, you will when relaxed, slouching, not sitting up straight or bending over. Everyone, irrespective of how flat their stomach is when standing up, has this!Even the slimmest of people with flat stomachs and strong abdominal walls have a crease or fold when they bend at the waist. Younger skin has more elasticity and holds its form more – while skin of people over the age of 30 (when collagen and elastin depletes) or who have had their skin stretched and thinned through pregnancy or weight loss – will find the skin creases, crinkles or folds more easily when they aren’t standing or sitting upright.How big the crease or roll of skin is, will therefore depend upon your skin quality, age, previous pregnancies or fat deposits in the area.When performing abdominoplasty surgery, your surgeon will tighten your abdominal area internally, but they will also remove enough excess skin so that your stomach looks smoother – but not so much that your incision line can’t be sutured back together, or so tightly that it allows no bending, exercise or movement!It’s important to remember that abdominoplasty is primarily an excess skin reduction – not fat removal – procedure. Significant fat reduction is only possible through intraoperative liposuction – or through strategic healthy eating and exercise preoperatively.Your plastic surgeon will want to achieve your desired result, but can only do so if it is realistic.Before any surgery, it’s important to reflect upon your expectations and assess if they are reasonable. If you think that you will be distressed by having a roll of skin or fat on your stomach – when you bend over or slouch – you will need to reassess your expectations and consider whether abdominoplasty surgery is right for you.Abdominoplasty results will vary depending on a number of factors, including but not limited to: Kyour preoperative weight Kthe number of pregnancies and size Kprevious massive weight gain or loss Kabdominal muscle tone Kskin quality/skin condition Kadherence to optimal post operative recovery practices Kpost operative weight gain or lifestyle changes Finding the right exfoliation for your skin type: why it mattersThere is something satisfying about exfoliating; I look forward to it, and I certainly notice if I don’t do it! My pores start to feel blocked and congested, and my skin starts to look dull when it’s overdue for a good exfoliation.My patients often ask me if exfoliation is right for their skin, and my answer is that anyone who cares about preventing premature ageing, maintaining a clear complexion and supporting skin. health needs to do it! But everyone’s skin is different, and your skin type will determine which exfoliation technique will suit you best. That’s why so many people have bad experiences with over the counter exfoliants or cookie-cutter treatments; they haven’t been chosen specifically for their skin type.Our dead skin cells are turning over every 27-30 days. Those who have an oily skin have a faster cell turn over, which can be every 15-20 days! And lastly as we age, our skin cells turn over a lot slower, meaning it can take as long as 60-90 days to turn over. Taking this all into consideration, you can understand why you would treat skins differently.So before you get excited and reach for that apricot scrub, Let me talk to you about how much we need to exfoliate, and what exfoliator is best for your skin?There are two types of ways to exfoliate- with a physical exfoliant, or with a chemical exfoliant. I have always been a fan of both and like to alternate to get the best results.Most skins are generally fine with both, with the exception being if you had an extremely sensitive skin, or had any underlying health condition that thins the skin or where it breaks/bruises easily, an acne prone skin that has inflamed angry pustules, or if you had a skin that lots of visible capillaries. Using an exfoliant, especially a physical one could really aggravate it. Be very cautious as always check with your skin clinician.AExfoliation for sensitive skin typesTry and avoid harsh exfoliants all together (especially apricot scrub!), and no chemical based exfoliants. Instead I would opt for: Synergie Luciderm (above). This is 100% acid-free and uses natural enzymes to break down dry rough skin on even the most sensitive skins. Safe enough to use once a day under moisturisers and fine to be used with Synergie Vitamin A & B serums.AExfoliation for oily skin typesSome people with an oily skin feel that scrubbing their face everyday with a physical scrub makes their skin feel ‘clean’ but I can assure you, all this is doing is over stimulating their cells and they will in turn be producing MORE oil! I would stick to a physical exfoliant like MediScrub 2-3 times a week max. If you are also finding you constantly get loads of congestion that never shifts and that leads to breakouts, I would mix it up and use a chemical serum exfoliant like Reveal which is an 13% AHA and 2% BHA combination that really helps to clean out the pores, resulting in smoother fresher skin. Use this 3 times a week, or daily until skin is clear.AExfoliation for mature or dry skin typesAs a mature skin has a slower cell turnover, I would alternate and use the MediScrub once a week, and the Reveal 2 or 3 times a week, depending on the tolerance levels of the skin.Consults now available in clinic or via video - or order your Synergie products by calling 3202 4744!Is your lifestyle bringing out the best in your skin? Book a 20 minute complimentary skin assessment or video consultation to learn more about the right products for your skin! We believe that looking your best begins with feeling your best on the inside – and any skincare regime must be complimented by optimal nutrition. Three things you can do to protect your skin during a cold snapA wintery chill is expected to hit Queensland this weekend, and for many of us it will bring unwelcome changes for our skin.A drop in temperature often wreaks havoc, making our skin feel dry, tight, flaky, red or uncomfortable, as our skin barrier is weakened – triggering eczema, psoriasis, dryness or acne. Strategically chosen skincare can protect our skin from these changes, writes dermal therapist Diane Lehto.While we reach for warmer drinks, indulge in hotter showers and snuggle in heated rooms – and then step outside into cold, windy blasts of air this weekend, we will dehydrate internally and strip moisture from our skin.At this time of year, I find that many of my patients complain of dry skin, despite drinking plenty of water.Our skin needs lipids and water to be truly be hydrated, and unless we have sufficient lipid levels to lock in moisture, it will feel dehydrated and prematurely aged. When our lipid levels are healthy, our acid mantle is stronger, ensuring our skin can be fully hydrated. Here are some simple strategies to keep skin healthy during the transition into cooler months:Protecting our skin from weather extremes boils down to three things; how we treat our skin while doing everyday things like showering or cleansing, what we put in our bodies and the preventative products we use.Most of my patients who suffer from flaky, dry skin have one thing in common; they love hot showers. During the colder months, avoid very hot showers and too much heated air: they strip your natural pH and impact your skin’s elasticity. They can also cause skin to overproduce oil, leading to dehydration and redness.Hydrate and nourish from within: eat plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables (warm vegetable soup is a great way to get your daily requirement of antioxidant rich vegetables). Drink 8 glasses of water each day and keep caffeinated drinks and alcohol to a minimum. I also include the following supplements: EMega B for stress and energy EVegan collagen booster EHigh quality Omega 3 with optimal levels of EFA & DHAAs the seasons change, so does our skin – and so must our skincare!If your skin is reactive, Synergie BioCleanse is a soothing, creamy cleanser specifically designed to help dry, sensitive skin without stripping the acid mantle. And for with combination skin, UltraCleanse addresses both oil and dehydration. Using the right cleanser is very important and can make all the difference.Dermiotic is a powerful pre and probiotic that strengthens and balances the skin, while Vitamin B is a multi-tasking product addresses stressed skin, acne, fine lines, wrinkles, hydration and pigmentation. It’s pretty much the kung fu master of ingredients to defend your skin throughout winter!DeStress oil is great for both the symptomatic relief of flaky, red, delicate or irritated skins – as well as building long term hydration. A small amount is used over Mega B, on areas of concern during the day – or all over at night on the face, neck and décolletage (before moisturiser).Finally, Dermacalm is packed full of calming peptides; this beautiful moisturiser will soothe and seal in the Vitamin B, Dermiotic and DeStress oil, actively decreasing redness.Winter is short-lived in Queensland, and because our skin isn’t subjected to the lengthy weather extremes of other climates, it’s possible to use our mild winter to emerge with glowing, luminous skin if you have a well-chosen skincare routine that’s adjusted to suit the climate.But having great skin – especially during winter – doesn’t just come down to good skincare or facials, nor is the progress of good skin linear, so we have to do everything possible to do what we can to nourish from the inside out. You may have times where you feel like watching movies and binging on junk food and that’s okay, but just remember to balance it out with good nutrient-rich foods and supplements that give your body, and skin cells goodness!Consults now available via video!Is your current skincare regime bringing out the best in your skin? Call 3202 4744 to book a 20 minute complimentary skin assessment or video consultation with our skin clinician to learn more about the right Synergie products for your skin! What is poikiloderma and how do you treat it?Have you ever wondered what the ‘V’ of pigment is on your neck and chest that seems to have strangely ignored the skin directly under your chin? A common condition that no one wants but many of us have, actually has a name.‘Poikiloderma’ is a term used to describe the stubborn but thankfully benign skin disorder affecting the neck, upper chest, and sometimes lateral cheeks. Recognisable due to the distinctive ‘V’ like pattern -almost always completely ignoring the skin directly under the chin- with reddish-brown pigmentation and thinning of the skin, producing an undesirable plucked-chicken effect.The exact cause of this condition is unknown, but has been attributed to a combination of extensive sun exposure of the area, hormonal changes, a genetic pre-disposition to the condition, and photosensitizing components in some perfumes and lotions we have used over the years.If recognized early the condition is mild and can be regulated with diligent sun protection combined with quality skin care treatments and products. If the conditions has been allowed to progress into a more advanced stage, further treatment is required to reduce the visible and underlying affects. Poikiloderma maybe stubborn, and unfortunately not entirely curable, but there is help at hand for those of us who suffer with the condition and would like to improve upon its appearance. A combination of prescription-strength creams and Fraxel fractionated laser has shown promising outcomes to address the superficial vascular network.These modalities work by reducing pigmentation, and smoothing the textural irregularities of the skin condition, producing an overall rejuvenated appearance for the neck, décolletage and chest.Once the poikiloderma is under control, maintenance skincare products, sun protection and light therapy can help maintain ongoing skin quality.Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Diane’s tips: how to look after your mind, body and skin during ISOThere’s something that our time during self-isolation has given us. It has presented the opportunity for us to press the refresh button. Although we are all going through different situations at the moment, this time of pause regardless of our circumstances has made us think. For some it may be about things that we haven’t thought about in a long time, and for others it has been light bulb moments or realisations.The last few months has certainly not been an easy ride, with many of us initially feeling the stress & weight of the world’s news on our shoulders, and along with that the uncertainty of when it will all be over. All of this worry and change has greatly affected our mind, body and skin. Even though we aren’t able to have professional skin treatments at the moment, I have come up with a few easy ideas you can do at home to look after your mind, body and skin, and to find that serenity during self-isolation. 1. Exfoliate & cleanseWhen our skin is under stress, and our nutrition and gut health is out of balance, we break out more! The last thing we need right? But unfortunately this is often the case for many of my patients after a period of strain.Their skin is compromised and our natural acid mantle becomes weaker. If this coincides with hormonal changes, it causes our skin to become oiler, and feel congested. My go to for helping decongest my skin is doing a double cleanse with Synergie Skin Ultracleanse morning and night. This Cleanser is also gentle enough to use around the delicate eye area.For a good manual exfoliation I recommend Mediscrub 1 to 3 times a week, concentrating on problem areas for up to one minute. For more advanced skin care users, if your skin is healthy and strong, you can even alternate with Reveal which is an advanced serum exfoliator containing 13% AHA and 2% BHA, working much deeper in the skin to unclog pores while helping to even skin tone. It can be used 3 times a week. For moderate acne, it may be used daily until skin is feeling clearer.If you have a more sensitive skin I would suggest keeping it simple with a gentle cleanser such as Biocleanse and to not over exfoliate with anything too harsh, especially if you your skin has any flares ups of other skin conditions such as psoriasis, eczema, or dermatitis.If you feel like you have annoying blind pimples, don’t squeeze! All you will be doing is potentially spreading bacteria trapped underneath the skin, and it will only take longer to heal. You can use a spot treatment instead such as Synergie Blem-x or our compounded anti-acne cream on individual spots to decongest and exfoliate.2. MaskingThis is my favourite time of the week! Whether you’re experiencing dryness and dullness, or random ‘stress break outs’ and unwelcome excess oil, there is no better time to do a little masking.For a more luxurious mask, my go-to is MasquErase. Pictured right, this is the ultimate age-optimising home treatment in a jar, and so if you can’t get into the clinic for a rejuvenating facial with me, this is the next best thing! Packed full nourishing goodness, including phycosaccharides, vitamins, shea butter, and soothing organic honey, you almost might want to eat this masque. Leave on for a minimum of 30 minutes before rinsing, or use instead of night cream once a week and leave overnight. 3. De-puff your face and those puffy eyesWhether it’s the late nights from studying, too much alcohol, salty foods or general aging, we all wake up some mornings feeling a little puffier than others! So what can we do to reduce the appearance of puffiness?Have you ever noticed how good your skin looks after a facial massage? The face and eye area look less puffy, and generally has a pink glow from the lymphatic drainage massage. The massage is like taking your face to the gym; it helps to tone and tighten the skin while at the same time helping to rid the face of all the toxins. The face unfortunately gets forgotten about.Although you may not be able to come and see me in clinic facial right now, you are however able to perform little massage techniques in the comfort of your own home all over you face , especially the eyes. I have been using this easy to follow video for my own self-facials at home. You may not want to do the whole routine, but if you incorporated 10 minutes each day, you will certainly notice a huge difference.We love to massage our patients skin with the Synergie de-stress oil and it’s also great to help soothe sensitive, irritated skin and reduce redness.At night, apply Synergie Improveyes night to the delicate eye are along with your serum, before your evening moisturiser. This helps to hydrate, smooth out fine lines and wrinkles and helps to address darkness and puffiness.In the morning as my body is slowly starting to wake up & after I have had some water, I like to wake up the skin on my face by gently tapping all over my face for a couple of minutes, then bringing my focus to the eye area and doing some gentle eye drainage movements. If I’m puffy, I use a little old-fashioned trick – cold spoons! That’s right, two cold spoons that have been in the fridge overnight, held against your eyes. All up, this should take 2-3 minutes, and is absolutely worth it.My go-to morning eye treatment is Synergie Improveyes Day. It’s a lightweight serum, and the green coffee extract, hyaluronic acid and peptides help to address fine lines, crows feet, puffiness and dark circles! It sits perfect under makeup.4. Lifestyle factors: food, rest and self-careHow and what we put on our skin is important, but I also place a lot of importance on great nutritional supplements and self-care. This includes good nutrition and gut health, as well as mindfulness and exercise. BioCeuticals Mega B Q10 provides nutrients that are important during times of stress while BioCeuticals SB Restore is a high strength probiotic that helps maintain healthy digestive function, while its zinc, selenium, vitamins A and D provide immune support.Getting motivated while in isolation can be difficult, so I’ve compiled my favourite list of pilates and yoga workouts for an easy place to start, as well as the mindfulness podcasts I’m listening to at home right now: EPilates EYoga EMindfulness & meditation EPodacastsWhen in doubt, just ask! I am still available for complimentary consultations via email, or phone, if you have any questions about how you can keep your skin glowing while in isolation.Until I see you in the clinic next, please be kind to yourself, know that this is all only temporary – and I’m will be here for all your skin needs throughout this period. I can talk skin all day – so I am always happy to help!Outdoor exercise: 3 things you can do now to prevent pigmentation, skin cancer and premature ageingIf there’s one silver lining in the current crisis, it’s that it seems people are getting outside now more than ever to exercise! With gyms closing, many of us are hitting the pavement or parks to get our fitness fix.Given that it’s autumn, you could be mistaken for thinking sun exposure isn’t a problem. In Queensland, UV rates rarely fall below dangerous levels during the day – even in winter. And although you might not feel your skin burn during, extended sun exposure can have unintended consequences such as hyperpigmentation and premature ageing.Our plastic surgery nurse Deborah and dermal clinician Diane have put together their top 3 tips to protect your skin from sun damage at this time:As always, seek shade and cover up wherever possible – even if it’s late in the afternoon! Before you head out, check the Bureau of Meteorology for UV levels at different times of day here. Research undertaken by the University of Manchester and the Association for International Cancer Research found that taking a regular dose of omega-3 boosted skin immunity to sunlight. The fatty acids DHA and EPA in omega-3 oil have been associated with the skin’s photoprotection by decreasing the production of proinflammatory eicosanoids and suppressing UV induced keratinocyte damage. I love Opti3 Vegan Omega-3.Once you have prevention under control, the next step is to add antioxidants to your skincare regime. Antioxidants have been scientifically proven to inhibit the free radical damage that causes the kinds of premature ageing typically seen in Queensland. The face, hands and décolletage and neck commonly show signs of our powerful sunshine! Pigment inhibitors like vitamin B and products that have peptides and tyrosinase inhibitors, reduce and prevent the transition of melanin, preventing UV induced pigmentation. They’re my multitasking ‘beauty superstars’ at times like these – for many reasons! A good place to start is with the Synergie Skin Brightening Kit (pictured). It has everything you need for all day prevention and protection. For nutritional vitamin B support, I love Bioceuticals Mega B with Q10.One of my other beauty weapons to help brighten pigmentation, and help unclog blocked pores is Reveal. I use up to 3 times per week in the morning, and underneath sunscreen for best results. - Diane LehtoDermal clinician It is easier to prevent pigmentation from forming, than reduce it once it’s developed. Daily application of Synergie Skin’s SupremaC+ helps minimise the damaging effects the environment has on our skin while also acting as a pigment inhibitor.The serum both prevents and reduces the appearance of hyperpigmentation while tackling photo-ageing at the source. It does this by using CMF Triacid Complex; a synergistic blend of the latest and most stable forms of ascorbic, ferulic and mandelic acids. Apply each morning and always use a daily SPF 50 that is kind to your skin.Synergie Skin’s UberZinc SPF 50 is a broad spectrum sunscreen that provides the skin with moisture, while absorbing oil to minimise shine. Use it on its own or with your Mineral Whip makeup for ultimate protection (we now have this range in clinic!)At home exfoliants and masks are also a great way to keep your skin healthy when clinical treatments are unavailable. We have been sending out a customised selection to patients at this time, to help them to maintain best results. - Deborah Seib-DaniellPlastic surgery nurseConsults now available via video!Is your current skincare regime bringing out the best in your skin? Book a 20 minute complimentary skin assessment or video consultation with our skin clinician to learn more about the right Synergie products for your skin! Order your Synergie products below to receive a sample, specially chosen for your skin, with each purchase plus FREE postage for all orders. Shop Enquire with us to purchasePlastic surgery video consultations with Dr Sharp: what to expectPatients who live in regional and remote locations – as well as those who are self isolating – often take advantage of video consultation technology for their initial appointments with Dr Sharp. Prior to the consultation, patients receive their Patient Information Pack containing documents relating to their procedure, including the consent form and Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons brochure. The patient’s preferred video consultation software is selected and our patient care team tests out the video call to ensure the patient and Dr Sharp will be able to see each other on the day. Video consultations can be held via smartphone, laptop, desktop or iPad/tablet.Sometimes, patients choose to email photos of the areas they wish to discuss with Dr Sharp, as a clinical reference for their patient record.We also ask our patients to peruse specific information provided on our website, related to their chosen procedure. This material comprises part of the written ‘informed consent’ documentation for their procedure.Prior to their consult, our patients are encouraged to write down any questions they might have for Dr Sharp, to ensure they receive the most relevant and valuable information from their consultation on the day.On the day of their consultation, our patients have their patient pack/documents on hand, as Dr Sharp will step through this information during the appointment. After the consultation, an estimate of fees – including any applicable rebates – is provided. If the patient is having a breast augmentation, their 3D simulation options will be generated based on the implant sizes discussed with Dr Sharp. Our patients are emailed a secure login to the portal to view their simulations at home.Following the initial consultation, patients have a second consultation – face to face with Dr Sharp in one of our clinics – before undergoing any surgery. This consultation is complimentary.For breast augmentation patients, this is also when they try on different implant ‘sizers’ to determine their final implant size.These two consultations ensure that patients have had multiple opportunities to consider the pre operative information provided, ask questions and plan their surgery and recovery with Dr Sharp before undergoing a procedure.If you choose to have a video consultation, our team will make sure the process is as discreet, supported and informative as it would have been, had you been in the clinic with us on the day! Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*PhoneThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Protecting our patients’ healthUpdate: 21st May 2020 All surgery resuming in Queensland…including cosmetic surgery!Queensland’s Chief Health Officer Jeannette Young has advised that operating can return to ‘normal’ in our hospitals. Our hospitals have advised us that they have adequate levels of PPE and are well resourced for normal resumption of theatre operating. During the shutdown, due to the low numbers of COVID in Queensland, the hospital we operate from remained COVID-free.At Southbank Day Hospital and St Andrews Private Hospital Ipswich, our lists are returning to normal capacity effective immediately, and we are in touch with our patients to organise the rescheduling of their procedures. Dr Sharp and his surgical team love operating and can’t wait to get back to theatre!Our operating lists at Greenslopes Private Hospital is still restricted due to the COVID agreement they have with the public system, to make a percentage of private theatre time available for public patients. This means we cannot return to full, normal operating there, just yet – and therefore some of our patients have had to wait a little longer for their procedures to be rescheduled than they’d hoped.We know it’s been a difficult time for many patients having large operations, with long awaited surgery cancelled, and now a further wait for it to be rescheduled – and we are very grateful for their understanding and patience. When operating at GPH returns to normal we will be able to utilise our lists as per usual and will be in touch to offer any earlier spaces to those on our waiting list.Our thanks as well to our diligent patient care team, who have astutely managed hundreds of patients waiting for surgery, consultations and treatments during the suspensions and resumptions. Under difficult circumstances they’ve been working hard to ensure our patients still receive the same stellar standard of care and compassion. What to expect in our clinics…The week prior to your visit, you will receive a digital COVID screening questionnaire to submit via your phone, which takes about 30 seconds to complete. On the day of your consult, your temperature will be taken at the door, hand sanitiser applied and you will be asked some further screening questions before being seated in a private waiting area, where each patient is sectioned off to ensure optimal physical distancing.If you are coming into close contact with any of our team members during a consult, treatment or check up, they will be wearing a mask. Patients are welcome to wear masks during their visit if they wish; please let us know upon arrival, if you would like us to supply one for you to wear.We appreciate your assistance with these measures, to ensure our patients and team members remain well at this time!Update: 21st April 2020Cabinet announcement regarding private surgery in Australia: plastic surgery to resumeCabinet has just announced that it will resume some selected surgery procedures (approximately 25% of procedures performed in private hospitals) from next week.Remaining category 2 procedures (semi-urgent skin cancers) and breast reconstruction procedures were the only two plastic surgery operations to join the category 1 urgent list of operations we are allowed to perform at this time. With PPE levels now restored, the Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons and Australian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons had recommended resuming surgery, as most plastic surgery procedures do not pose an unusually high risk of transmission – or utilise complex PPE.However the government chose to only resume a small and specific list of procedures, most of which do not include the reconstructive or cosmetic procedures that most of our patients are currently waiting for.Our thoughts are with our patients – we understand the uncertainty around your surgery is causing strain and stress. We are also thinking of the hospital and nursing staff in private hospitals today, who will be most significantly impacted by this decision. The Prime Minister indicated that Cabinet will consider further easing of restrictions after May 11.Which procedures can now be performed under COVID surgery restrictions: Ecategory 1 and 2 procedures (urgent and semi urgent skin cancers, reconstructive procedures etc) Emedically required surgery for children under 18 Ein some cases, procedures such as breast reduction and implant removal is permitted, if it meets the criteria of significant pain or disability – and the patient is healthy, with no specific COVID risks.If you’ve had surgery cancelled in the past month:We will be in touch when restrictions are eased further, to organise your surgery rescheduling, as a priority. We hope this might be considered next month.If you’ve had a consult with Dr Sharp and are waiting to book your surgery or wish to bring your existing theatre date forward:You’re still able to book your surgery on a date that suits you in the coming months – we are recommending that those hoping for surgery this year book a tentative date from June onwards. If you’ve been waiting to book a consult:We can assist with a video consultation in the coming weeks so you can progress your surgical journey. Please get in touch on 3202 4744.Update: 2nd April 2020Plastic surgery video consults with Dr Sharp: what to expectIn response to the number of enquiries we’ve received from patients using their iso-time to research procedures, Dr Sharp has opened up additional video consultations in the coming weeks.Video consults provide an opportunity to have your questions answered and learn more about the options available to you.Conducted with the discretion, in depth information and individual attention provided during clinic consults, patients receive the same information pack, time with Dr Sharp, 3D simulation technology (if applicable), estimate of fees and complimentary second consultation in our clinics, before going ahead with surgery.With elective theatre lists currently paused in private hospitals, patients who have had a video consultation with Dr Sharp and wish to proceed with surgery, are then able to go on our priority waiting list for their preferred procedure date and in-clinic consult, once operating resumes as normal.If you’d like more information about the video consultations available in the coming weeks, please call 3202 4744 😊…or read more about our video consult process here.🙏 Thanks again to our wonderful patients, for their patience and understanding at this time. We’ve enjoyed your ‘virtual’ consults over the past few weeks, and look forward to seeing your smiling faces in our clinics again soon!Update: 25th March 2020As we move into the next phase of the response to COVID-19, the Prime Minister today advised that all elective procedures in private hospitals have been paused, with exception to Category 1 (and some Category 2) urgent procedures. This decision has been made due to the shortage of masks and other PPE in public hospitals. The suspension comes into effect tomorrow at midnight. We appreciate that this has been devastating for many patients, who have been preparing for major surgeries for some time now. But we also appreciate that at this time, extraordinary sacrifices are required for the greater good of our community.We have been working today and this evening to contact all patients impacted by this surgery ‘pause’ in the near future. Despite receiving unwelcome news, the kindness and understanding our beautiful patients have shown our team has been humbling, and extremely appreciated.Any patient who has their surgery plans paused, due to this situation, now has a place on our surgical queue – based on when their surgery was originally scheduled. We know this ban will eventually be lifted, when the situation has improved – and when this happens, you will be contacted immediately to be offered new theatre dates, as a priority. Dr Sharp and our team will be working hard at that time to ensure all patients have their surgeries performed in their ideal time frames, and we will go above and beyond to make this happen.Our team is here to support youWe are still here to support you and assist with any research regarding your surgery options, once life returns to normal. From all the enquiries we continued to receive today, it seems many patients are using this downtime to investigate procedures and get informed about the cosmetic and reconstructive procedures available to them! We are still online and available by phone to chat, if you have any queries. As our patients know, we love talking about surgery and value every opportunity to assist during the research/planning process.Post operative appointmentsPost op appointments are not impacted by these changes. As an essential service, we will continue to remain open. We look forward to seeing all of our lovely post op patients in the clinic to receive our usual high standard of post op care – albeit with lots of extra safety precautions in place to ensure everyone stays well at this important time!When will elective surgery recommence?We don’t have a definitive answer to this as yet but our patients will be advised as soon as we receive any updates or advice regarding this. We continue to monitor the situation closely and will directly advise upcoming patients or those visiting our clinic for necessary post operative checks as needed. We will be in regular contact with all of our patients in the coming weeks to ensure they are updated as new information comes to hand.Skin cancer surgeryAs always, our clinics in Brisbane and Ipswich continue to offer skin cancer consultations and surgery. While there will be some wait for non-urgent skin cancers, those that are fast growing, invasive or suspected/diagnosed melanomas will be prioritised for fast tracked consults and surgery. Over 2,000 people per day are treated for skin cancers in Australia (750,000 per annum, of which over 12,000 are melanomas) – so it’s important to ensure that critical skin lesion services are not interrupted.Update: 23rd March 2020Telehealth: Video consultOur clinics are equipped with teleconference technology and open for video consultation; this is something we have been offering for many years, particularly for our regional and remote patients. Your health and safety are our absolute priority – and we have a very rigorous process in place to keep you and our team well. We appreciate that most of our patients have waited some time to see our clinicians, and don’t wish to postpone their consultations – but we also understand you might have concerns about attending your appointment while practicing social distancing. To change your face-to-face consult to a video appointment, please call 07 3202 4744. It’s a very simple process and involves the same gold standard of clinical care and assessment tools as an in-clinic consult! For patients having 3D simulation ahead of their surgery, in most cases we can still also offer this service via video consults. All patients who are consulted via video also receive a second, complimentary consult before proceeding with surgery to ensure you have been examined by your clinician face-to-face before undergoing any treatment.If you have been unwellIf you have returned from overseas – or been unwell – in the past 14 days and have a scheduled consult or surgery, please contact us to reschedule. We will always do our best to accommodate your preferred time frames.Prioritising patient safety: our precautions to reduce risksWe want our patients to feel reassured that when they visit us, they are in a safe space. We are very fortunate to have two clinics with size and layouts that enabled us to put strict social distancing measures in place some time ago, and we have further measures in place to keep patients and our team members safe – from when they exit their car through to exiting the clinic.Although we are a medical facility with strict hygiene procedures, we are not a general practice clinic, with any unwell patients on premises. We will continue to maintain an exceptionally safe clinical environment.Our patient arrival procedure:As an essential service, we are still open, but to keep our team and patients safe, have changed our waiting room process and appointment schedule to ensure you do not wait alongside other patients in our waiting rooms. If you anticipate being early or late to your appointment, please call ahead to let us know so we can create a separate additional space for you.From your car to our front door, patients are not required to touch any surfaces to access our premises – as patients park outside our front doors, on the ground level of our building.Upon entering the clinic, you will be asked to use the hand sanitiser station provided before being checked in.Your clinicians will be wearing a mask for any contact within a 2 meter radius of your personal space.We are very grateful to our patients for their understanding during these extraordinary time; these measures will not only keep our team members and patients safe, but they are enabling us to retain our staff, who are providing important services to patients in Brisbane and Ipswich at during this difficult period. Please call us if you have fever, cough/shortness of breath, sore throat – or if you have returned from overseas travel within the last 14 days. Likewise, if you have had contact with a diagnosed or suspected case of COVID-19 in the past 14 days. Please call 07 3202 4744 to reschedule or convert your appointment to a video consult. The health, wellbeing and recovery of our patients and team is of upmost importance.Meet our theatre teamDr Sharp is fortunate to be supported by an amazing team of surgical professionals, including skilled anaesthetists and nurses, at Greenslopes Private Hospital, Southbank Day Hospital and St Andrews Ipswich Private. Surgery can be an exciting – and slightly nervous – moment for most patients, and so it’s nice to see some familiar faces when you arrive at theatre!Step inside Dr Sharp’s theatre at Southbank Day Hospital to meet anaesthetist Dr Rob Miskeljin and assistant Sr Emily Gaeta – two team members who will greet you when you arrive and walk beside you during your surgical journey. Our anaesthetic team also includes Dr Tim Sampson and Dr Paul Scott. Thanks to the team at Southbank Day Hospital for giving our patients an insight into what they can expect on the day of surgery! Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*NameThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. The gut biome and how it impacts your skinDiane is passionate about holistic skin health, and the impact that our diet and lifestyle have on our skin and ageing. In this article, she explains her own experience with gut health and skin conditions. To learn more about Diane’s unique approach to looking and feeling great, book a complimentary consult with her in our Brisbane or Ipswich clinics. Long before the gut microbiome, gut health and good bacteria became well known terms, the father of medicine, Hippocrates was onto something when he said “all disease begins in the gut”.Two thousand years later, pre and pro biotics are considered an important part of optimal health, as the role of the gut microbiota is scientifically recognised. Probiotics arelive microbial cultures consumed for health benefits beyond basic nutritional value. Studies show that they cooperatively maintain a delicate balance between the gastrointestinal tract and immune system while prebiotics (ingredients that encourage the growth and activity of favourable intestinal bacteria) are quickly gaining attention as functional foods.“All disease begins in the gut.” - HippocratesMy microbiome journey began when I experienced a terrible bout of gastritis. It was the most uncomfortable thing I have ever been through; it was painful and it was a big wake-up call for my own dietary habits. I must admit, my diet wasn’t the best at that time; I was always highly stressed, was always getting sick, had terrible, lacklustre skin and breakouts. I always felt tired and I couldn’t understand why. After being assessed, I was handed a FODMAP dietary eating plan, and prescribed medication that was designed to help decrease the amount of acid my gut was producing, while allowing it to heal.I left the hospital feeling a bit lost. I felt like I didn’t know enough, and nobody really explained what causes these issues. I wanted to prevent and treat the multifactorial, underlying root causes.Wanting more answers, I went back to my GP, who helped me realise the answer was right in front of me all along; it was my diet and stress levels. It all made sense; I ate poorly, and so I felt like poorly. I did this to myself! As a first course of action, the GP suggested that I try to heal my gut through the use of good probiotics, eating healthy unprocessed foods, reducing my daily intake of fat and processed sugar – and cutting down on alcohol. They also explained that stress also plays a huge part on the microbiome, and can affect our immune system – and even post surgery recovery. You can read more about the effects of stress on the gut and skin in my article here.I know for a fact that I will never go back to the way I ate before gastritis. I don’t ever want to feel like that ever again – and who doesn’t want to feel good!The history of gut biome scienceThe modern concept of probiotics evolved around 1900, when Nobel Prize winning Elie Metchnikoff examined the longevity and health of Bulgarian peasants. He hypothesised that this was partly due to their consumption of fermented milk products, particularly yogurt. He considered that the yogurt contained the organisms necessary to protect the intestine from harmful life-limiting bacteria.The first clinical trials began in the 1930’s and over the ensuing century, different microorganisms were used for their ability to prevent and cure diseases, leading to the coining of the term ‘probiotics’.Metchnikoff’s hunch was substantiated by Mann and Spoerig in 1974; they found that people who drank yogurt fermented with wild strains of Lactobacillus sp. had very low values for blood serum cholesterol. Harrison et al reported that cells of Lactobacillus acidophilus added to infant formula decreased levels of serum cholesterol, and research by Gilliland et al. (1985), Buck and Gilliland (1994) and Gilliland and Walker (1989), Gill and Guarner (2004) further proved its value.In 1994, the World Health Organisation deemed probiotics to be an important contributor to the immune defence system when commonly prescribed antibiotics are rendered useless by antibiotic resistance.How do probiotics work?To understand how probiotics work, it is important to understand a little about the physiology, microbiology of gastrointestinal tract and digestion. The digestive process begins as soon as we put food in our mouths; microbes present in the mouth and GI tract have the potential to act in a positive, negative or a neutral manner. Microbes in small intestine and in the large intestine complete the digestion process.Certain intestinal microbes are known to produce vitamins and their presence is correlated with a healthy intestinal flora. They act as organic acids (lactic and acetic acids) that tend to lower the pH of the intestinal contents, creating conditions that inhibit harmful bacteria. Probiotics may also influence other protective functions of the intestinal mucosa, including the synthesis and secretion of antibacterial peptides. The GI tract also serves as a large mucosal surface that bridges the gap between ‘inside the body’ and ‘outside the body’.Along this mucosal interface, microbes and foreign antigens colonising or passing through the GI tract interact with important components of the immune system. This interaction serves to prime or stimulate the immune system for optimal functioning. Normal microbial inhabitants of the GI tract also reinforce the barrier of the intestinal lining, decreasing translocation of bacteria or antigens from the intestine into the blood stream. This function has been suggested to decrease infections. Gut microbiota and healthy ageingStudies show that bacteria in the gut may alter the ageing process, while changes in the composition and metabolic activity of the gut microbiota are associated with skin health. Research is ongoing in this space and offers an exciting insight into how good or bad bacteria levels can be manipulated to impact health and lifespan.We are now beginning to appreciate the intimate and intricate interactions between microbes and skin health. Multiple studies are currently focused on the manipulation of the skin or gut microbiome to explore their therapeutic potential in the prevention and treatment of skin inflammation. Good microbiome care works on the inside – and the outside!There are some great skincare probiotic products on currently on the market to help balance a healthy skin microflora, such as Synergie Dermiotic (pictured) which helps to boost and strengthen the skin’s integrity, while helping to address the underlying cause of skin conditions, such as oil, congestion, inflammation, redness and hydration. Stay tuned to watch this space explode in the next few years.I am very excited to see what scientists are able to discover in the fascinating world of microbiome and gut health, and can’t wait to bring these developments into my care of our patients’ skin – so we can maintain optimal health, inside and out.Not all probiotics are created equalNot all probiotics are created equal. Existing research is limited by small study sample sizes and the wide variety of probiotic strains, but studies indicate that specific strains may be effective in treating and preventing certain diseases and may stimulate immune function. It’s important to understand what you are trying to treat, the best strains and how much bacteria per dose is required to be effective. How your probiotics are shipped and stored also impacts their efficacy. Some probiotics have a single strain of organisms, while others contain multiple strains. Different strains of the same species may even be different, and could have different effects on health. Microbe concentrations can also vary widely among products. We stock Bioceuticals UB 75 and SB Restore (pictured above); talk to us about why we have specifically chosen these for our patients. Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Vitamin B and Probiotics: The Dynamic Skin Strengthening DuoThe benefits of prebiotics, probiotics and vitamin B are often espoused by skincare companies – but what do they actually do for your skin?Prebiotic and probiotic skincareJust as prebiotics and probiotics set your gut up for optimal function, they also balance the beneficial and harmful bacteria and optimise the skin’s environment. Synergie Skin’s Dermiotic is a nutrient packed pre-serum elixir with pre and probiotics, formulated to boost the skin’s resistance to physical and chemical aggressors by tackling the underlying causes of acne, ageing, sun damage and sensitivity – rather than just masking them. Just a few drops of Dermiotic prior to your serums will boost the barrier strength of skin and will be an essential for those with skin sensitivity.How does it work? Prebiotic Alpha-glucan oligosaccharide feeds the ‘good bacteria’ and probiotic Bifida ferment lysate balances the microbiome. Together these active ingredients defend from environmental damage and relieve sensitivity and symptoms of skin stress, including redness and inflammation.Vitamin B infused skincareThought of as the great multi-tasking cosmeceutical, by using Vitamin B your skin will ‘learn’ to make more of its own moisture. Formulated to increase the production of ceramides in the epidermis, this essential product is a must for increased hydration levels, a luminous even complexion and a reduction in the appearance of fine lines.How does it work? Vitamin B serum increases the production of ceramides in the epidermis, essential for preventing water loss and maintaining a dewy complexion. High levels of niacinamide also boosts collagen and skin immunity, strengthen the barrier and reduce uneven skin tone.Why do probiotics and vitamin B work so well together?The combination of these two hero products will give your skin its ultimate barrier protection and support the skin to stay strong, work at its optimum and look healthy and luminous every day.“Fortify and revive your skin’s barrier by coupling Dermiotic with Synergie Skin’s iconic Vitamin B (niacinamide) serum to deliver the optimal environment for healthy skin,” our dermal therapist Diane Lehto explains. Optimal Ageing: 5 skin tips to get your glow on at any ageAfter 12 years in the dermal science field, skin therapist Diane Lehto believes that having beautiful healthy glowing skin starts from the inside out; taking care of the mind and body through good nutrition, and using good quality skin care products to help maintain a gorgeous glow. She shares her top 5 tips for healthy, glowing skin all year round…We know how great our skin looks after we’ve had some much-needed time out. For me, usually a good exfoliation, a relaxing facial and rejuvenating mask does the trick; my skin looks healthy and has a nice glow. It’s amazing what good skin can do for your confidence. You feel brand new again. There are many reasons why our skin suffers from time to time, and there are moments where we may wonder why our skin can be looking dull – even though we think we may be doing all the right things!Our body is very clever and it lets us know if something is not quite right. But many of us fail to act upon these cues. If our car starts to splutter and malfunction, we put it in for a service to make sure it’s mechanically working well, right? The same should go for our bodies! However, unlike a car, our body and skin is a living thing; everything works synergistically to keep us healthy – and our organs functioning the way they should. Unhealthy skin is often a sign of what’s going on inside our bodies.Our skin is the body’s largest organ, and we have our body for our whole life, so it makes total sense to take good care of it. When I speak to patients, I usually find that their bodies are letting them know that something is happening through their emotions, how they are physically feeling and how their skin looks. Sunscreen is your best friendOver 80% of premature ageing is caused by the Australian sun. And on top of that, we have the highest rates of skin cancer in the world, which is astonishing. Keeping this information in mind, it is vital that we think of sunscreen as our best friend; the thing we can’t live without! Use it everyday, and even on those days where it may look cloudy outside and we think we don’t need it. The sun’s powerful rays are working even harder to penetrate through to your skin. So what is the best sunscreen for our skin? Most of us believe the higher the SPF the better, right? Well that’s not necessarily true. The best way to protect your skin from UVA/UVB rays is to use zinc. The natural mineral power of zinc oxide will not only protect our precious skin from burning (UVB) but it will also help to shield our skin from ageing (UVA).UVA penetrates much deeper into the skin, and is responsible for all of our unwanted pigmentation, fine lines and wrinkles and skin cancers. So if there is one thing everyone can do to prevent this from happening, my secret weapon is sunscreen!Our favorite go to broad spectrum for solar protection is Uber Zinc, the incredible 4 in 1 sunscreen/foundation with iron oxides for blue light protection – Mineral Whip and the Uber Zinc Body. Always remember to reapply every few hours, after going for a swim, or excessive sweating.Dehydrated skin means fine linesPicture what happens when you don’t water your garden for a days – especially during hot weather; you eventually find the leaves are all crispy and shrivelled up! Our skin wilts and dehydrates in the same way; premature fine lines start to be more visible, slackening starts to occur, we get puffiness and dark circles around the eyes – and we may even get a few breakouts. This is because our skin is crying out for some water. Our body is essentially made up of 80% water so if our skin is thirsty, it can look dull, and feel dry. Paradoxically, it can also feel oily due to lack of water. You might also notice enlarged pores and the skin can look shiny and feel tight.Combine dehydration with regular hot showers, excessive coffee and alcohol consumption – and not drinking enough water – and your skin is on it’s way to ageing much quicker. Water helps your digestive system flush out toxins, prevents brain fog, bloating, helps with constipation, and it helps maintain a healthy and happy skin. When your skin is hydrated, fine lines are not as visible and your skin appears to be more clear. Click here to find out how much water our bodies actually need. Water consumption requirements vary between each individual, determined by how much daily activity you do, your age, weight and any medications that can affect fluid etc. The general rule is 4 to 6 cups of water a day, on top of your other fluid intake (tea, juice etc). A good indication is clear urine – if you urine is not clear, you might not be drinking enough. Stressing less is best“You need to relax!” We’ve all heard this one before and sometimes it’s easier said than done. With most of us leading much busier lives these days, the mountain of stress that we get from everyday life; family, work, financial burden, or illness can really take a toll on our mental and physical health. Stress can have a huge impact on our skin.We don’t need to have big moments of stress to notice dull, unhappy skin. Low level everyday stress contribute and eventuate to high levels of anxiety, or depression, and it can take a toll on the skin.When we are stressed our body releases the hormone cortisol, which contributes to the breakdown of collagen and elastin accelerating the ageing process, it can even bring on skin conditions such as eczema, psoriasis, and it can stimulate the body to produce more oil, which can make our skin breakout. In general our skin can look tired; in some cases the body becomes so stressed, the skin becomes ultra sensitive, breaking out in a stress rash or hives – which makes the skin look red and feel dry. This is a big message from our body to take a step back and get some relax time.How do we de-stress? There are many ways; and finding time doesn’t mean you need to spend 2 hours meditating everyday, it can simply start with 10 minutes. Finding that 10 minutes for yourself each day where you are interrupted, clearing the mind, whether it be practicing mindfulness and gratitude, going for a gentle walk, doing some stretches or listening to some music. Getting into a good routine of giving back to yourself, by finding the time to de-stress is an important part of slowing the ageing process down.Remember that we all get stressed from time to time, and to not forget that we are only human. I believe we should give ourselves permission to be happy; be kind and talk kindly to ourselves more, because we deserve the very best, and we are all doing the best we can. It’s okay to have boundaries, and say no from time to time. We are not super human and need those boundaries and limits. If it all gets too much, there is also no shame in talking to someone. Whether it is a good friend, a professional counsellor, psychologist, or a friendly voice over the phone.Regular self- care with a customised skin routine that is full of active vitamins and cosmeceuticals, including monthly facials is also a fantastic way to optimise the ageing process, and de-stress through relaxing, lymphatic drainage massage. Facials and good skin care go hand in hand. It’s like bringing your skin to the gym. You wouldn’t go to the gym, work out, then come home, sit on the couch only to eat hot chips! We need regular facials which will help to improve collagen, elastin, tone and texture, combined with good skin care to help treat our skin topically with only the best ingredients. Your skin will thank you for it later! Combining this with daily exercise and activity is essential for ultimate de-stressing, glowing skin, preventing fine lines and wrinkles and simply feeling great. Eat well to feel goodHave you ever noticed how amazing your skin looks when you have been eating well? And do you also notice how dull the skin looks when you don’t?The skin can have acneic breakouts, feel less hydrated and fine lines look more prominent when our nutrition is poor.This is because we are not feeding the skin the right nutrients to glow from the inside out. We don’t have to eat perfect all the time, but making a few little changes can make all the difference to achieving your ultimate skin goals.Research shows that Omega-3 fatty acids, which can be found in wild salmon, sardines, trout and mackerel, help restore and maintain healthy skin. It can also be found in Chia seeds, hemp seeds, flaxseed, seaweed, algae and walnuts. Other benefits include shiny hair, strong nails, heart and brain health – and the ‘holy grail’ of ageing: skin elasticity, as it improves the quality and texture of the skin, preventing wrinkles. For those who suffer with acneic breakouts, omega-3 fatty acids have been shown to reduce the inflammation associated with this skin condition, and helping the skin to heal much quicker. Have a read about some of the other benefits here.You may have heard the saying “eat the rainbow”. This is all about making sure we get as much colour onto our plate as possible; eating wholesome food, full of fresh vegetables that are packed with fibre and essential vitamins and minerals such as zinc and fresh fruits and nuts – packed full of polyphenols that fight free radical damage, allowing the skin heal – and optimising the ageing process. We should consume more of these foods, and consume less foods that are highly processed.This also means cutting down on alcohol and caffeine consumption. Eating well also helps to balance the good bacteria in the gut, resulting in less breakouts, less constipation, reduced illness – and studies have shown it can also help with reducing anxiety and depression. 70% of our serotonin is produced in the gut. When the gut health is not balanced, it can lead to high levels of anxiety, which can also in turn affect our skin. Taking a good pro biotic in conjunction with a balanced diet can help restore the natural gut flora.It’s always best to speak with a good naturopath, nutritionist or your doctor to get the best advice if you have any underlying health questions or concerns, or simply want to know where to start. So the message I give to my lovely patients is that a healthy gut equals a healthy mind and beautiful looking skin.Get more sleepWhen was the last time you had a good night’s sleep? Sometimes it hard to switch our busy brains off at the end of a long day. For others, it’s as easy as laying their head on the pillow and they’re off to dreamland. Why is it important that we get enough sleep? Sleep is vital for the overall health of our brain and body. It helps to boost our immune so we can reduce the chances of illness, balance our moods – and our body is able to do its job in removing the day’s waste, through the digestive and lymphatic system. Sometimes it can be a bit embarrassing to talk about bowel movements, and what is considered healthy, but I am never afraid to politely talk about poop habits with my patients, especially when it comes to skin conditions. Acne, and flare ups of psoriasis and eczema are also more common when we don’t get enough rest. If we are unable to flush out the days toxins through lack of sleep, those toxins just add onto the next day, resulting in bad skin. Think of sleep as helping us detoxify the garbage from our body. Here is a great article on what a healthy poo should look like.Less sleep means we can become more anxious, irritable, lethargic – and we are more prone to illness. The skin can generally look more aged as the body is not able to regenerate. Adults need a good 7 hours sleep every night -if you are far off that, even just one hour’s extra quality sleep a night can make a significant difference.Some of my tips for a good night’s rest are:1. Put your mobile phone or computer away one hour before sleep. The blue light from our devices can be stimulating, putting the brain into party mode! At home, I turn off the Wi-fi at the box, and keep the bedroom mobile free so I can avoid reaching for the phone – or the screen turning on throughout the night with notifications, which can interrupt your sleep. 2. Keep bedroom dark, and cool. You could even use a diffuser with relaxing essential oils in your space, a few hours before sleep to let the brain know it’s bedtime.3. If you are a light sleeper, try to avoid stimulating beverages such as alcohol, or caffeinated drinks too close to bed time, as well going to bed straight after eating a heavy meal. Allow 3 hours for food to digest before bed time. 4. Deep breathing and visualisation techniques before sleep are fantastic ways to calm the mind and body, so that you are able to slow the heart rate down and fall asleep much quicker. The same breathing techniques can be used in the morning as a way to start the day with mindfulness!Want to learn more about Diane's holistic approach to healthy skin?Book a complimentary consultation! Dr Sharp Visits Uganda With The Medical Training In Africa TeamDr David Sharp recently spent time in Uganda, working in a remote hospital in the small village of Kagando – in the foothills of the Congo – to assist local women and children with vaginal reconstruction, burns and congenital deformities.It was the first time a plastic surgeon had accompanied the international team from Medical Training in Africa, consisting of Professor Judith Goh AO, Dr Hannah Krause AO, Dr Alex Mowat, Dr Jackie Smalldridge, Mr Darren Diserens and Dr Geerte den Hollander.The journey began with a flight to Entebbe, Uganda, with the team transporting their surgical equipment in their luggage – including a donated diathermy machine, dressings, sutures, anaesthetic medication and scrubs to wear in theatre.From there, a small chartered plane took them from Entebbe, to a grassy landing strip near the isolated village of Kagando.Their first clinic commenced within hours of arriving. The two week clinic saw over 80 women receive life changing surgery. Surgery was mostly performed with patients awake during the operation, using spinal anaesthesia, due to a lack of anaesthetic resources in the isolated hospital.Dr Sharp operated on patients suffering from complex obstetric fistula, where flaps or skin grafts were required to effectively repair vaginal wounds that could not otherwise be surgically closed.Soon after arriving, nearby villagers who had heard of his arrival made their way to the hospital with children also suffering from a range of other issues, including burns, scars and facial deformities – which previously been untreatable in the region. One six year old patient had sustained burns to the left side of his body, leaving him with severe scarring that was painful, and limited the movement of his neck – causing his head to be tethered to his shoulder. Dr Sharp performed scar release surgery, which enabled the brave young man to move his head freely for the first time in two years.He is pictured, left, receiving a bag of small gifts, during his final consultation with Dr Sharp. Another child had sadly fallen into a fire during an epileptic seizure, leaving him with a burn that went untreated, fusing his hand to his forearm.After his scar was released and skin grafts performed, the patient was able to hold his hand out and regain some function.The courage and resilience of both children – through fear and pain – was incredibly humbling.Ideally, both children would have gone on to have further surgery and intensive rehabilitation, including compression garments and therapy.However at this stage, local villages do not have access to the resources required to provide this level of ongoing care. There is still much work to be done in this area and it’s hoped that future fundraising and resourcing through generous donations (which you can learn more about here) can make it possible to provide the kind of optimal post operative care and rehabilitation all children deserve. In the second week of his visit, two mothers arrived unexpectedly at the hospital with very young babies, to see if Dr Sharp could repair their children’s cleft lips. Both children received cleft repairs and recovered well, leaving days later to return to their villages without the stigma attached to facial deformities.The impact of the trip extended beyond time spent performing surgery; it was also about creating long term knowledge and skills locally – to help future generations of healthcare providers and patients.Dr Sharp taught local doctors new surgical techniques, including a procedure where muscle flaps from women’s thighs were used to reconstruct their vaginas.Operating conditions were challenging, with high temperatures and a lack of air conditioning or fresh air in theatres leading the surgeons to work up a sweat. At times, the theatres experienced electrical outages, with loss of lighting.Throughout, the clinical teams of local doctors, nurses and healthcare workers were enthusiastic, diligent and professional. Fully conscious patients stoicly remained calm and still on the operating table, while surgeons performed (and taught through) lengthy operations. At the end of their time at the hospital, patients and their families treated the Medical Training In Africa team to a moving farewell song and traditional dance.For Dr Sharp, seeds for this particular trip were planted two years ago, when he spoke to Professor Goh at a Greenslopes Private Hospital event.She asked him to explain how he would approach a complicated reconstructive challenge she often faced when operating on women in Uganda. On the back of a napkin, he sketched out a diagram demonstrating how the thigh tissue can be used to effectively close up some of the large wounds that are left after a fistula repair.After looking at his diagram on the napkin, Professor Goh asked if Dr Sharp would be interested in joining her to operate and teach in Africa.Medical Training In Africa also donates surgical instruments, consumables and disposables to hospitals at the end of each visit.About Medical Training In AfricaMedical Training in Africa was founded by urogynecologists Professor Hannah Krause and Dr Judith Goh to offer specialist urogynaecological surgery to women living in remote parts of Africa and Asia, particularly those living with fistulas. Fistula is a condition caused by prolonged and obstructed childbirth.Obstructed labour occurs disproportionately in girls and teenagers giving birth in regional Uganda, often because the mother’s pelvis is too small. The protracted labour usually results in the baby’s death, and the prolonged pressure of the baby against mother’s the pelvis damages the soft tissues around her bladder, vagina and rectum, causing tissues to die and tears or holes (fistula) to develop.If the fistula is between the mother’s vagina and bladder, she experiences urine leakage, and if it is between her vagina and rectum, she leaks faeces. Women with fistulas constantly suffer from infections and pain as well as the embarrassment of wet clothes and a strong odour. They are often shunned or abandoned by their partners and communities.The operations performed by Medical Training in Africa are inexpensive, costing $215 to treat a prolapse and $324 to repair a fistula. But for a woman in rural Africa, the cost of surgery is usually out of reach. An estimated 2 million women and girls live with fistulas across Africa and Asia.Obstetric care in Australia is so good, fistulas rarely occur. So these reconstructive procedures don’t often arise in Australia; plastic surgeons usually perform them for infrequent cases of invasive genital cancer.But women in remote Uganda do not have access to optimal preventative healthcare yet, and that’s also what we hope to change. Since 1995, Professor Goh and Dr Krause have spent time every year training doctors in Asia and Africa on how to treat fistulas. In 2018, Prof Goh was named the AMA’s Woman in Medicine.The medical team pay their own costs for the trip, and the charity uses donated funds to pay the hospital for the patient’s surgery, accommodation and post operative care.Retired gynaecologist Dr Barbara Hall and her husband, retired GP Dr John Taylor, have also been an integral part of the Medical Training In Africa team’s visits to Uganda since 2013. The duo treated women suffering from prolapse and fistula in another hospital, in Kasese, eight hours from Uganda’s capital.The need for better surgical facilities and maternal and paediatric care is great in Uganda, and small contributions can make a great difference to healthcare in developing countries.Want to help women and children in Africa? You can make it possible to conduct future trips to this and other regions in need. Donations go directly to funding surgery, training and local education initiatives for women and healthcare workers in villages, via the HADA website.DONATE HEREDiane explains why Hydrafacial will become your next obsession!With so many skin therapies and treatments on the market these days it’s sometimes hard to know what treatment will be the best for our skin. One thing is for certain, we all want our skin to feel good, look radiant – and as we get older, we are all wanting to achieve a healthier, less stressed appearance.I have seen so many amazing skin technologies and treatments during my time in the industry, that I am constantly amazed and excited about what the ‘next big thing’, or new trend will be.There is one treatment that I am super impressed and obsessed with, not only because the results are instant, but also because for someone like myself who doesn’t always have the time to do extra long beauty treatments, I can ultimately fit this facial into my busy lifestyle and have it done on my lunch break!If you haven’t heard of it yet, I am talking about the next generation of facials, exfoliation and nutrient infusion all in one treatments, call the HydraFacial. It’s the go to treatment that the Hollywood stars have to give their skin a boost, plump out fine lines, and remove unwanted dead skin build up and blackheads, and the good thing is, you too can also experience and have that celebrity red carpet ready skin in only 30 minutes!What is HydraFacial?Hydra facial is a next level microdermabrasion. It’s a 5 step process to upgrading your skin from economy – to first class! It is similar to an aggressive microdermabrasion, but gentle enough to leave no irritation as it is extremely hydrating.The treatment involves the exfoliation of superficial dead skin cells using the latest Vortex technology, while also infusing, extracting, loosening dirt and debris, hydrating and removing toxin build up in the skin. The infusion of the antioxidants, hyaluronic acid and peptides leaves the skin with a beautiful dewy glow.As the treatment is not abrasive, there is no downtime, and even the most sensitive skins can have it done. If you want that extra boost, I love adding some LED lights to your treatment for extra plumping, hydration and rejuvenation to help minimise the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.As our skin regenerates itself every 28 days, it’s ideal to do a HydraFacial every month to maintain that beautiful healthy glow – but even if that sounds like too great a commitment, just one treatment will have you seeing results. The photos on the right show one of my lovely patients before and after two HydraFacial sessions, with marked improvements in her skin condition clearly visible.Come and experience one for yourself today! 2019 Before and After Highlights: plastic and cosmetic surgery results2019 was a big year for the hundreds of women and men that underwent surgery or treatments at our clinics in Brisbane and Ipswich!Here’s a small snapshot of some of the results our patients achieved this year, across breast augmentation, facelift, post weight loss or post pregnancy mummy makeovers, breast reduction, implant revision, abdominoplasty, rhinoplasty and blepharoplasty procedures – as well as non surgical transformations using cosmetic injectables, laser and skin therapies.Thank you to every patient that made 2019 such a special year! It was an honour to be part of your individual surgical journeys.A massive thank you also to the patients who kindly permitted us to share their results; being able to view before and after photos is an important component of most patients’ surgical research and we are grateful to those patients who enable this to happen.For more before and after photos or to discuss your surgical options in 2020, please get in touch using the form below or call 07 3202 4744.Happy New Year! In 2020 we hope you… CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn moreImplant selection and your breast profile: tailoring with augmentation French slope, ski jump, full and voluptuous or bolt-ons? Breast augmentation results are often spoken about in terms of size, but the desired profile of a breast is equally as important to consider when selecting your implants.During the planning stage of your augmentation, your plastic surgeon will take into account the shape of your existing chest anatomy, as well as your overall body type and height.A patient who is slim and long is usually best suited to a proportionate breast enlargement that compliments her elongated look. Conversely, a shorter statured woman might find that widening the upper chest with implants that add too much volume to the sides of the body, exaggerates her short appearance.Breast augmentation surgery should do more than create beautiful, big breasts, it should compliment and enhance, creating an overall improvement to the shape of the body.When patients visit Dr Sharp’s Brisbane and Ipswich clinics for breast augmentation consultations, one of the first things he seeks to learn from them is what shape they desire; a very natural size, projection and profile – or a breast that appears very full, or even round. Along with their body shape, this forms the basis of his surgical plan.“Different implants can produce a natural look, a round appearance – or something in between – based on the implant choice and surgical technique,” Dr Sharp says.The two key considerations Dr Sharp makes when selecting an implant with his patients takes into account: Your natural breast anatomyLittle differences you might not notice; like a shorter nipple-to-breast-fold distance, asymmetry or a lack of upper breast tissue can direct implant selection and placement. The quantity and location of pre existing breast tissue, as well as your chest wall width and torso height are also factored. Your surgeon will measure the distance between landmarks of your anatomy, such as your nipples, navel and collarbone.Your desired breast shapeDo you like lots of upper pole fullness, or do you prefer the flatter, more natural ski-jump like shape – also sometimes known as the ‘French’ look? Is cleavage or side boob important? These are also important considerations to make when choosing your ideal implant.Breast augmentation goals: profile, shape and sizeForget about comparing implant size: the exact same implants can look totally different on on two different women!Implants are placed under breast tissue (subglandular) or the pectoral muscle (submuscular). This determination may be based on the amount of natural breast tissue a woman has and the size of the implant. Most surgeons refer to ‘dual plane‘ when determining breast implant placement. This modern augmentation technique involves placing the implant underneath the pectoral muscle, with the muscle releases sequentially to a more advanced degree. Dual plane placement enables the surgeon to raise the pectoral muscle slightly upward, giving the lower part of breast tissue contact with the breast implant. This technique is especially effective on selective patients that have some degree of breast ptosis or slightly droopy breasts. Your surgeon will be your best resource in determining the right implants and placement for you. The below images show a range of natural breasts and the end results they have achieved through breast augmentation surgery with Dr Sharp, through the selection of different implants. Observe the slope of the upper pole of the breast and the fullness of the lower pole. Each one has a different starting point and desired result. When looking at the breast from the side, a line can be drawn between the upper pole and the lower pole (see right). The breast slope runs down the upper pole, and end at the top of the lower pole. In a natural appearing breast, the slope is either straight or concave.In general, when a breast implant is placed in an anatomically normal breast, the plastic surgeon can either maintain a natural straight slope, or a rounder projecting curve can be created in the upper pole of the slope.Your natural breast tissue, along with what your plastic surgeon does to create the pocket for the implant – and what type of implant is inserted – will determine this shape. A natural breast shape is like a teardrop also known as a ‘ski jump’ or ‘French slope’ – with most of the fullness in the lower half of the breast. When we talk about upper pole, we are referring to the breast fullness above the nipple. When we talk about lower pole, we mean how full the breast is below the nipple.Upper pole goals:Whatever implants and implant placement you opt for, you will have some temporary upper pole fullness right after surgery. This is especially so with implants placed under the muscle as they tighten after surgery and move your implants higher up on your chest. It’s why your surgeon will impress upon you pre operatively, the importance of being patient during the recovery period. When post operative swelling goes down and your tissues relax with the drop and fluff process, the upper pole you’re left with will depend on a few things, including:Size – larger and bigger implants (cc’s) generally give more upper pole fullnessWidth – the wider the implant, the more likely it is to reach and fully fill the upper poleProfile – higher profile and ultra (or extra high) profile implants give the best chance of upper pole fullnessCohesive silicone gel – the material of a cohesive silicone implant is made specifically so it keeps its shape If you are aiming for an obviously augmented look (round, high and fuller) be sure to communicate this to your plastic surgeon. There’s no guarantee though that you’ll get prominent upper pole. You will, in some part, be limited by your existing anatomy.Lower pole goalsOne of the most important parts of a breast augmentation can be the aspect only a few people ever see; lower pole fullness. This is especially true if you’re starting with deflated breasts after breastfeeding or weight loss. A round implant will generally give you upper and lower pole fullness, but if you are looking for a naturally beautiful breast shape, where there’s more lower fullness than upper – an anatomical implant could be recommended. If you have very mild breast sagging, a well chosen implant can provide a mini lift, providing support for the nipple and raising its projection.Whatever look you’ve opted for, don’t assess your outcome until at least 6 months after surgery; anatomical and textured implants can take even longer. By this point you should be about 90% there with the settling and softening and you’ll know what your new breast shape is.The best way to get what you want out of your breast augmentation journey is to pick an experienced specialist plastic surgeon, to express your goals clearly and to ensure you have realistic expectations.Different breast implants can be used to achieve varying breast profiles:Breast implants have a flat base and a curved outer surface. When the implants are laying on a flat surface, the amount of height that the outer curved surface has is called the implants projection. Round implants come in four basic types of projection or profile: low, moderate, high and very high. When the patient and implant are upright, the volume of the implant flows to the bottom of the implant. This makes the implant have a more teardrop appearance. This varies somewhat with the different profiles. Low profile implants tend to produce the most natural teardrop appearance. Moderate profile implants can also produce a natural appearance with more projection to the breast. High profile and very high profile implants produce less of a teardropped shape and more of a round shape with more fullness in the upper pole of the breast.Round breast implants EMore upper breast fullness EAre sometimes the preferred shape to restore upper breast volume lost through breast-feeding or weight loss EBeing perfectly round, implant rotation cannot produce any deformity of breast shapeAnatomical (tear drop) breast implants EMore fullness in the lower half that tapers off towards the top EAn attractive and natural straight line drape of skin from collarbone down to nippleBreast implant profile optionsLow profile breast implant: the low profile implant shell is wider (larger diameter) and flatter (less height or depth) than moderate profile breast implants. This implant style is commonly used for women who have a wide broad chest frame. The extra width of the implant shell will fill the chest anatomy correctly, achieving a natural look and realistic cleavage. The implant will not project as far off the body as other implant styles, creating a subtly enhanced look. The main criteria used to select low profile implants are the base diameter of the breast and dimensions of the chest; the implant should be smaller than the base diameter of the natural breast mound, which is often substantial in wider framed women.Moderate breast implant profiles: the low profile implant shell is wider (larger diameter) and flatter (less height or depth) than moderate profile breast implants. This implant style is commonly used for women who have a wide broad chest frame. The extra width of the implant shell will fill the chest anatomy correctly. The result, achieving a natural look and realistic cleavage. The implant will not project as far off the body as other implant styles,. This makes it the right choice for women who want fullness, but not an overly round and obviously enhanced look. The main criteria used to select low profile implants are the base diameter of the breast and dimensions of the chest. The implant should be smaller than the base diameter of the natural breast mound, which is often substantial in wider-framed women. This is one of the most commonly used profiles.Moderate plus breast implant profiles: moderate plus implants are a half step compromise between traditional moderate profile implants and popular new high profile implants. The moderate plus profile is a popular choice among women who want a bit more projection than is typically provided by a moderate profile, but not as much projection as is found with the high profile shell.High breast implant profiles: high profile implants project the further off the chest wall when compared to other common implant profiles. The high profile implant will achieve this projection by having a smaller base diameter than an identically sized (in cc’s) moderate or low profile implant shell. By decreasing the diameter of the shell – but keeping the same fill volume – the implant manufacturer is able to increase the depth or forward projection.High profile implants are usually for women with a narrower chest frame who still want a considerable size increase during their breast augmentation surgery. Instead of using a wider base diameter moderate implant, the plastic surgeon will choose a narrower high profile shell which will suit the patient’s anatomy and project out to accommodate the volume of the filler material. This modified mastopexy, like many breast lift operations, sometimes squares off the breast shape slightly, making it appear wider and less round. The shape of the high profile implant shell restores the rounded shape of the breast, while still allowing the considerable benefits of the mastopexy lift.Ultra high breast implant profiles: ultra high profile implants provides the narrowest base and highest projection for women with a narrower chest frame who still want a considerable size increase. Instead of using a wider base diameter implant, the plastic surgeon may choose the ultra high profile breast implant. This may suit the patient’s anatomy and project out to be able to accommodate the volume of the filler material.There are two ways to increase projection in an implant. The first way is to add more volume to the implant. The other way to add projection is to make the base (diameter) of the implant smaller. Therefore, for any given volume, a smaller base has more projection. This is what ‘high profile’ implants do; they have a smaller diameter with a higher projection.Breast implant inspiration: should I bring photos to my consultation?Yes….but! One of the most challenging and exciting parts about considering a breast augmentation is looking at breast implant inspiration photos – also referred to as “Wish Boobs” or “Boob Goals.” Remember that when you’re looking through breast augmentation inspiration photos, it’s important to keep your expectations realistic when it comes to your own breast surgery. Dr Sharp’s approach to augmentation surgery uses breast implant as the basis of your augmentation and often enhances the results with fat grafting. Small amounts of thigh or abdominal fat are transferred to your breast, to soften the transition between implant and body – and sometimes, to enhance cleavage. This is also known as the blended breast augmentation.Ultimately, the implant you choose – and the type of breast profile you prefer – is a personal and intimate decision that should not be impacted by anyone else’s opinion or expectations. Conforming your body to a trend or another person’s opinion might leave you feeling dissatisfied with your appearance in the long run, so choose a breast profile that appeals to you.Remember that the ageing process, as well as weight fluctuations and breastfeeding, will alter your breast profile over the years, so what it looks like now won’t be reflective of what it will look like in 10 or 20 years!Call our helpful patient care team on 07 3202 4744 to explore your breast augmentation options or book a consultation with Dr David Sharp in his Brisbane or Ipswich clinics.What makes a surgeon a ‘surgeon’?Confused by the different titles used by plastic, cosmetic and aesthetic surgeons in Australia? You aren’t alone.The results of a survey commissioned by the Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons were released today, highlighting widespread concern and confusion around the misuse of the title ‘surgeon’.According to the survey, 93% of Australians agree that it would be easier for patients to distinguish qualified surgeons from doctors, if medical professionals were to only use their Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA) title. 92% of Australians believe that a patient’s safety is put at risk when a doctor performs surgery without having completed surgical training. 86% of Australians agree it is wrong that doctors without any surgical training are allowed to call themselves surgeons. 81% of Australians agree that the title cosmetic surgeon implies the doctor has completed surgical training. 77% of Australians are in support of calls to ban the term ‘cosmetic surgeon’, to help patients separate doctors from qualified surgeons. A loophole in the current regulatory framework allows doctors who are not registered as Surgeons by AHPRA to title themselves ‘Surgeons’ and advertise cosmetic surgery. The survey of over 2,000 Australians is the latest addition to mounting evidence pointing to the need to restrict the title of ‘Surgeon’ to only doctors registered as specialist surgeons by AHPRA. ASAPS President, Dr Naveen Somia said the peak body is calling on the Council of Australian Governments (COAG), through the review of the National Law to mandate all medical practitioners to use their official AHPRA title and restrict the title Surgeon to only those registered as Surgeons by AHPRA. “The title of ‘cosmetic surgeon’ has no official status with the Australian Medical Board, AHPRA, Medicare or the health insurers, making banning its use a logical step,” he said.“The use of fake and fabricated titles in cosmetic surgery by doctors not registered as Surgeons is a serious issue that requires urgent intervention in the interest of patient safety.”The survey provided measurements of understanding and beliefs around certain terms used to describe people who perform cosmetic surgery, with a total of 2,001 responses received over a three week period in October 2019.A qualified specialist plastic surgeon has completed not only their medical degree (indicated by the letters ‘MBBS’ in their credentials), but they have then completed an additional 7-10 years of post graduate surgical training.For Dr Sharp, this involved serving two years in regional and metropolitan hospitals as senior house officer and principal house officer, before being accepted onto the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons’ general surgery training program. He then spent three years training in general surgery, followed by an additional five years training under the College’s plastic surgery fellowship training program.This training culminates in a Fellowship of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons (indicated by the letters ‘FRACS’ in credentials).A RACS qualified plastic surgeon has the letters FRACS (Plast) after their name. Most plastic surgeons are members of the Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons and the Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons, which require them to comply with the societies’ codes of conduct; protecting patients and upholding world-class standards of professional conduct.In Australia, the Royal Australasian College of Surgeon’s fellowship programs are the only surgical training programs recognised by the Medical Board, however there is no legal requirement for doctors to undergo this training in order to call themselves a ‘surgeon’. It is important to understand that if your doctor is not a registered member of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons, they have not undergone the rigorous selection process, advanced surgical training and passed the clinical and theoretical examinations required to become a qualified plastic surgeon.Patient resources: EClick here to find out if your surgeon is a qualified plastic surgeon, via the RACS Find A Surgeon portal. ERead more about the survey results here. EFor a refresher on what gives a qualified specialist plastic surgeon their title, click here.Lymphatic massage with HydraFacial boostHydraFacial is a medical grade facial that combines lymphatic drainage with deep cleansing and pore extraction.In combination with your HydraFacial treatment, lymphatic drainage works to improve circulation, as well as detoxify, tone and firm skin.Gentle lymphatic massage can stimulate the opening of the lymphatic system, increase lymph flow and assist in the drainage of fluid and toxins.This can be integrated into your standard HydraFacial treatment to reduce puffiness and fluid retention, but it can also be used after facelift surgery to stimulate lymphatic drainage and optimal recovery.The lymphatic system is responsible for filtering our blood from toxins, bacteria and viruses. It also helps to drain and channel away swelling after surgery. It is therefore imperative we keep this defense mechanism operating well for a healthy immune system and our general wellbeing. The Sharp Clinic provides this treatment as part of our HydraFacial services. The HydraFacial device uses high pressure suction applied in a specialised directional method to manually massage and drain lymph nodes.HydraFacial is a medical grade facial that combines lymphatic drainage with deep cleansing and pore extraction, before saturating the skin with treatment serums and finishing with intensive infrared.This is the only procedure that combines cleansing; exfoliation, extraction, hydration, antioxidant protection and red LED light therapy all in one.HydraFacial is different from any other facial in that it is a clinically proven treatment that is designed to work beneath the skin, rather than just ontop of the skin to produce instantly visible results that last.Each HydraFacial experience uses a series of HydroPeel tips with a unique spiral design, which creates a vortex effect to easily dislodge and remove impurities while simultaneously introducing hydrating skin solutions with potent active ingredients.How long after acne medication can I have Fraxel laser treatment?Acne can affect teenagers and adults of all ages; impacting their health, wellbeing and self confidence. Isotretinoin, also known as 13-cis-retinoic acid and sold under the brand name Accutane or Roaccutane (among others), is commonly used to treat severe acne. Laser therapy isn’t recommended while patients are taking this medication, due to the skin sensitivities it causes.After coming off acne medication, patients often still have pits, blemishes, red bumps, box-car scars or general unevenness in their complexion.Fraxel Dual laser is a popular scar-reduction and skin-refining treatment for patients after they finish taking acne medication; not only does it refine residual scarring, but it also helps to regulate the skin and reduce pigmentation and congestion.How soon after finishing acne medication can I have Fraxel laser?Some studies show that laser treatment can be undertaken as early as one month afterwards, but in general, nonablative fractional laser therapy is deemed to be safest approximately 3 to 6 months after ceasing oral isotretinoin treatment. What are the different types of acne scars?The Sharp Clinic’s skin therapist Diane Lehto says there are two different types of acne scars: acne scarring and post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation or hypopigmentation.“Post inflammatory hyperpigmentation are dark spots where pimples used to be; hypopigmentation are light-coloured spots,” Diane says.“They can make your skin look patchy and uneven, and can be difficult to cover up with makeup or concealer.“The second type of acne scarring is a textural problem often referred to as ice pick scars, which look like small punctures or divots in the skin.” This occurs when a sebaceous oil gland develops an infection large enough that it tears the skin layers apart, damaging the structure of the skin.Over time, these scars can become less visible, but in some cases of severe acne scarring, they might always be evident. Laser and dermal fillers can often reduce their appearance.How Fraxel helpsDiane explains that Fraxel uses light energy to create tiny micro-columns in the skin, so the body’s natural collagen response is stimulated, and collagen is produced. At the same time, the upper surface of the skin exfoliates off, removing pigmentation – so essentially the rejuvenation occurs on both the skin’s surface, and deeper below.Fractional laser leaves a lot of the skin intact, meaning patients don’t lose healthy skin along with scar tissue. It also reduces the downtime associated with the treatment. Patients usually look like they have sunburn for a few days, and then experience flaking skin for up to a week on their face; or longer on other parts of the body that have less oil production.How much does Fraxel cost?Full face Fraxel treatments start from $990 and face and décolletage packages start at $1200. It is also suitable for the neck, back and other areas of the body that can be impacted by acne scarring. Some patients are satisfied with their results after just one treatment; others with very extensive acne scarring will need 2-3 treatments to achieve their final result. Spot treatments are also available.Alternatives to Fraxel laser for acne scarringDermapen microneedling can be used to treat textural acne scars. Microneedling involves using a device that creates micro traumas to the skin, to kick start the production of collagen to repair the damage. Diane says that Dermapen can improve the texture of your skin over time to be flatter and smoother, with minimal downtime. It can also be combined with platelet rich plasma (or PRP) treatments, which use your own stem cells to help stimulate the skin’s natural healing response. Patients usually find their skin is a little red for 24 hours afterwards, and can feel slightly tight or dry for around seven days after the treatment. Each session costs from $250 for a standard full face Dermapen treatment, and 2 to 5 treatments are needed, depending on the severity of the scarring.Call 07 3202 4744 to book a complimentary consult with Diane to learn more about the scar reduction treatments suitable for you.Report: Australian Breast Device RegistryThe Australian Breast Device Registry (ABDR) has released their Annual Report, detailing 3,544 reconstructive and 9,337 aesthetic breast procedures performed in public and private hospitals during 2018 and a total of 10,762 reconstructive and 29,206 aesthetic procedures from 2012 to 2018.The report provides important insights into procedures and implant details, surgical techniques, complications and revision rates on data from 37,000 patients.Established in 2015, the ABDR is a world-leading registry service led by Monash University, with the support of Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons (ASPS) and the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA). Surgeons are able to voluntarily submit information about the implants they place in patients. This enables patients to have a central national point of registration for their implants, while also facilitating the monitoring of prosthesis’ safety profiles and enhancing quality of care for breast implant patients.Each of Dr Sharp’s patients have their implants registered (it is free of charge), but can choose to opt out of the registry if they wish.Australia wide, 514 surgeons operating at 280 hospitals and day surgeries had contributed data. Key findings included: EThe total number of procedures captured by ABDR in 2018 was 13,718, including 3,544 reconstructive and 9,337 aesthetic procedures. EAt the end of 2018, 37,603 patients had procedures captured by the ABDR, an addition of 11,990 in 2018. E 74% of breast implant procedures were registered (up from 65% in 2017 and 44 % in 2016Considering surgery in 2020? Here are four things to think about… Great surgical results are the coming together of good preparation, great surgical skills, optimal post operative recovery, good health/nutrition and mental wellbeing. New rules that came into play in recent years ensured that patients and their surgeons can’t rush into cosmetic procedures – which is a good thing! Planning ahead, taking the time to get informed and ensuring that you have considered your recovery process, financial costs and surgical goals, helps set you up for the best possible outcome, and an enjoyable experience along the way. Here are some questions that our patient coordinator, Katy, recommends patients ask themselves if they are considering surgery in 2020:What do I want to achieve?Ask yourself to articulate what you don’t like – and importantly – what you do like about your appearance. Think about the specific changes you’d like to see. Is there a certain look you definitely don’t want to achieve? And how do you expect having surgery will make you feel; both during and after the process? Consider whether you’ll be okay with the possibility that your results might be immediately visible (as is the case of breast augmentation) or could take a full year to reveal themselves, as rhinoplasty results can. Talk to a trusted person about your concerns or desires – and feel free to bring them along to the consultation with your surgeon; it might make you feel more comfortable, and can also help you remember what was discussed during your appointment!What is my ideal time frame for surgery?If you have your heart set on a specific time of year for your surgery, ideally, book your first consultation 4 – 6 months prior, especially if you’re planning surgery during busy periods, such as Christmas or school holidays. The only downside to choosing a great surgeon is that there might be a wait to get an initial appointment (with good reason – they’re busy because they’re popular!) but we understand it can be very disappointing to find that the theatre lists during your scheduled annual leave break are all booked up. Ask your surgeon if they have a Priority Waiting List. In our clinics, we can often bring our patients’ appointments forward by weeks or months, just by registering them on this list. Most of the time, your surgery will be anywhere from 2-4 months after your initial consultation, depending on availability on theatre lists at your preferred hospital. Often you will have a second or third complimentary consultation in the interim. And don’t plan to have surgery just before major life events; give yourself plenty of time to heal before a wedding, reunion or big holiday!Can I take enough time off work?Most procedures require 1-2 weeks off work, and if your job involves heavy lifting or lots of physical activity, you may need to return on reduced activities for up to 6 weeks, longer if you’re a slow healer or have other health issues. Talk to us so we can help you plan ahead. If you have a cosmetic procedure with Dr Sharp, you will have at least 3 post op consultations, so it’s also good to consider how you will be able to attend these around work commitments after your surgery.Do I need private health insurance?It’s always beneficial to have private health insurance if you are having surgery. Some procedures, such as abdominoplasty, brachioplasty or thigh reduction after massive weightloss, carry MBS item numbers which significantly reduces your out of pocket costs, and gives you peace of mind knowing you have any post operative hospital admissions covered. But even if your planned procedure doesn’t have MBS item numbers (and is considered entirely cosmetic), if you experience any complications or health issues after surgery, your private health insurance usually covers most of the associated costs. Readmission to hospital after cosmetic surgery is very rare amongst our patients, but it does happen from time to time and when it does, private health insurance is very reassuring.Have more questions for us?Our experienced patient care team have extensive experience navigating these questions, and are available for an obligation free phone chat on 07 3202 4744 to discuss the procedure you are interested in, the potential costs involved and whether or not you might be eligible for rebates.Breast implant safety update: the TGA announcementIn recent months the Therapeutic Goods Administration have undertaken an enormous amount of work, commissioning internal scientific reviews, meeting with external advisory groups, liaising with overseas regulatory authorities and research groups to advance public safety on sound scientific evidence for breast implant safety. We welcome news today that following the Therapeutic Goods Administration’s (TGA) thorough review of breast implants sold in Australia, they have taken a range of regulatory actions to address BIA-ALCL risks. We are also pleased to advise that the high quality implants Dr Sharp uses (Mentor and Motiva) are not involved in any of the suspensions or voluntary recalls resulting from the TGA’s investigations, due to their low incidence of complications and BIA-ALCL rates. All surgery carries risks, and patient safety is front of mind in every decision we make; as such, breast implant risks have been addressed by Dr Sharp in our clinics for years, with: Ethe use of high quality micro and nano textured implants EDr Sharp taking the Macquarie University 14 Point Plan Pledge Euse of the Australian Breast Device Register for all breast implant procedures performed by Dr Sharp Eto promote patient awareness, the risk of BIA-ALCL is always included in the informed consent and consultation process with Dr Sharp. We believe that every patient deserves to be fully informed, and so this has been part of our practice, since long before it was recommended or required.Even if you have macro textured breast implants, the TGA says removal is not requiredBreast Implant Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma (BIA-ALCL) is very rare. Evidence based recommendations are that removal of breast implants is not required in a person who has no symptoms or concerns. If you have a breast implant and detect any change in the breast or armpit such as swelling, a lump or pain, you should consult your plastic surgeon.Some breast implant devices have been suspended. This means that these implants will not be available on the Australian market for the next six months. During this period, the implant providers will have the opportunity to provide additional information to the TGA about their implants’ safety and performance.The implants Dr Sharp uses are not included in the suspensionSuspended implants are those that are macrotextured – grade 3 and 4 and some microtextured implants associated with higher incidences of BIA-ALCL and other clinical concerns. To support the ongoing monitoring of BIA-ALCL, all cases of BIA-ALCL must be reported to the TGA by implant suppliers within 10 working days of becoming aware of the adverse event.To support greater vigilance and increased awareness and data collection on this issue, the TGA requires implant suppliers to provide reports every six months. These reports must include supply data and detail all adverse events and complaints received regarding breast implant and tissue expander devices, both in Australia and worldwide, including BIA-ALCL, capsular contracture, or rupture of the implant.In addition to this, Dr Sharp chooses to independently use the Australian Breast Device Register which records all implants he places. The Australian Breast Device Registry (ABDR) is a Commonwealth Government health initiative that records information on surgeries involving breast devices, such as breast implants. It is are a long term project to help safeguard the health of people undergoing breast device surgery. For many patients, the ABDR provides peace of mind that their device details are recorded. If you’ve had an augmentation, reconstruction or removal and replacement with Dr Sharp, your implant details are registered here for perpetuity. What are micro and nano textured implants?Textured implants were an innovation in implant science, developed to reduce the risk of a common complication, called capsular contracture. By texturing the implant’s surface, the body was less likely to create a thick, hardened capsule that constricted the implant and created a hardened, sometimes uncomfortable, result years after implantation. Also, because the implants weren’t textured, they didn’t tend to move around as much or rotate, so different shapes could then be used in a texture implant, like the tear drop or anatomical implants commonly used today – to create a beautifully sloped, natural looking breast many women desire. Prior to this, only smooth implants were used, and these always had to be round. This is because their smooth surface meant they could rotate, and an anatomical or tear drop implant that rotates will distort the breast shape.We often warn that ‘all implants are not created equal’, because (among other factors), the type of texturing involved in the implant’s surface can determine how much bacteria it holds when being implanted. Some texturing holds a lot, while other texturing is cleverly engineered to offer ‘textured’ benefits with much lower risks of bacterial contamination and ensuing BIA-ALCL. These are the implants Dr Sharp uses. When placed under a microscope, the difference between the surface topography and area of each implant brand can be seen, as they use very different techniques to create texturing. Learn more here about different breast implant surface textures, safety profiles and quality. Breast implants and risksTo support informed patient choices, patients undergoing breast implants placement always have access to a patient information documentation that includes information about warnings and risks associated with implants. Information relating to the Australian Breast Device Registry is also included, to support ongoing reporting and monitoring. BIA-ALCL is very rare, and the clinical advice remains that, without symptoms, it is not necessary to remove your breast implants. Instead, patients who have breast implants, should regularly check their breasts and see their doctor if they notice any changes.The Australian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons (ASAPS) responseAs the preeminent body representing Specialist Plastic Surgeons who specialise in cosmetic surgery, the Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons (ASAPS) has welcomed the TGA’s findings into breast implants and breast tissue expanders that were released today.Dr Naveen Somia, President of the ASAPS, said the review has prioritised patient safety with the breast implants that have the highest risk of Breast Implant-Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma (BIA-ALCL), while leaving viable implant options for patients on the market. ASAPS recommends that patients prioritise their safety when considering breast augmentation surgery by taking the following steps:1. Seeking a surgeon who is accredited as a Specialist Surgeon by the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA). These surgeons are committed to life long learning and best practice techniques and procedures2. Ensuring their surgeon uses stringent breast implant infection control standards, such as the 14-Point-Plan3. Having the procedure in a licensed facility4. Confirming that their surgeon only uses TGA approved implants If you have any questions or concerns regarding breast implant safety, call us on 07 3202 4744 to book a consultation with Dr Sharp and learn more about the steps you can take to ensure your optimal outcome and long term health when undergoing breast augmentation surgery.CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn moreOur top four melasma treatmentsMelasma is a type of skin pigmentation, related to sun exposure and hormones. It occurs more frequently in women (often after pregnancy), but can also be seen in men. It is experienced by patients of all skin types, with most common location on the cheeks, upper lip, chest/neck and forehead.Due to our high sun exposure levels in Queensland, melasma is one of the most common skin condition complaints we see in our clinics. We have developed a range of scientifically proven therapies to effectively treat this persistent skin concern. Skin therapist Diane Lehto explains our treatment options below:1. Sun protectionPrevention is always best, so sunscreen and sun protection are the most important aspects of our approach to keeping melasma under control.Daily sunscreen use is imperative, all year round in Australia.We recommend SPF50 and above. View our range of high quality sunscreen products here.For those who like a quick two-in-one solution, we love our Synergie Mineral Whip makeup.2. Microneedling with platelet rich plasma (PRP)If you are prone to melasma, even with great sun protection unfortunately you’re still likely to see it pop up, especially after hormonal changes or a summer holiday.Dermapen microneedling is a quick and easy way to exfoliate the superficial layer of the skin and stimulate healthy skin growth.We often combine Dermapen with PRP for a boost of collagen and to address fine lines and poor skin condition. 3. Fraxel laser therapyFraxel laser therapy is used to resurface the skin and peel the abnormal skin off so it can be replaced by normal non-sundamaged skin. If you have recurrent melasma, it might be necessary to have maintenance Fraxel treatments every 1-2 years to keep your pigmentation at bay and boost your results.Left, before and 7 days after Fraxel laser treatment for melasma at The Sharp Clinic. 4. Maintain with high quality skincareOnce you’ve lifted off the melasma, it’s important to maintain your results.Our skincare range addresses sun damage, by reversing and preventing UV induced genetic errors – while regulating melanogenesis, to reduce hyperpigmentation; resulting in a bright and even skin tone. Combination therapy is bestFor optimal results, we recommend a holistic approach to melasma treatment that includes high quality topical treatments and periodic active facials to prevent and maintain your skin – and advanced resurfacing technology to reduce any melasma that develops. This requires some commitment to maintaining good skin health. But the great news is, these solutions not only improve melasma, but also help reduce your chances of developing some forms of skin cancer – so you are helping to protect you skin for the long term too! Book a complimentary consultation with Diane at our clinics by calling 3202 4744. How Much Do Facelifts Cost?I’m interested in having a facelift but I’ve heard they are very expensive – and involve a long recovery.How much do they cost, and how long will I need to take off work? - patient Dr Sharp:In contemporary plastic surgery, facelift procedures fall on a spectrum of operations that can be performed to reduce deep folds around the mouth, mid face excess skin, an undefined jawline and sagging in the lower face and upper neck.Therefore some patients with early lower face aging only require a small amount of excess skin to be removed in front of – or below – the ear to see an improvement in the jawline definition they seek. These are commonly called ‘S’ lifts or mini lifts and are sometimes performed under local anaesthetic, or under general anaesthetic as day surgery. The procedure takes 1 to 1.5 hours and patients can return to work the following day, but most take a week off work until their sutures are removed.Generally, most facelifts involve some plication or detachment of the SMAS layer, so the underlying facial structure can be lifted and tightened. When this occurs, the surgery is performed under general anaesthetic and takes anywhere from 2.5 to 4 hours. Small drains are required for 24-48 hours and a support garment is worn following surgery.Most patients take at least 2 weeks off work to allow bruising and initial swelling to dissipate. Patients return to our clinic at intervals during the first 6 months for diligent post operative care.The total cost factors in the surgeon, surgical assistant, anaesthetist, hospital and theatre fees – as well as post operative compression garment and multiple post operative appointments. Each facelift procedure is tailored to suit the patient, so the cost can vary. Mini facelifts performed under local anaesthetic start from $4,500.Full facelifts (including upper neck) cost around $19,500. This includes post operative laser resurfacing/scar optimisation treatment (valued at $1,000).Facelift is ideal for patients who are at a healthy weight, and is often teamed with fat grafting and blepharoplasty surgery. When other procedures are added, the total cost increases, due to the additional time required in theatre. As with all cosmetic surgery, our patients are provided with a comprehensive estimate of fees document following their initial consultation, detailing all inclusions.Cost is an important consideration when undergoing surgery, but its also important to weigh up: Ewhether your surgeon performs this procedure frequently Ethe information provided to you at your consultation; was your surgeon transparent about the risks and expected results. Honesty (even the bits you don't want to hear) is very important Ehow your surgeon makes you feel during your pre operative process; feeling respected and heard is paramount when embarking upon a surgical journey. It can be an emotional process, so you need to resonate with your surgeon and their interpersonal approach.Facelifts are expensive, but please keep in mind that this is a lengthy, complex procedure that requires advanced anatomical knowledge, many years of specialist surgical training and skilled post operative support. Ask lots of questions at your pre operative consultations, and seek the opinion of more than one specialist plastic surgeon when planning this procedure.Ask us your facelift question! Name Email Address Message 11 + 8 = Submit Lower face aging: what are my options? I’m 55 and over the last 5 years I’ve noticed a rapid change in my lower face. In what felt like a very short amount of time, I felt like I aged very quickly. I still feel young on the inside, but on the outside I have loose skin around my jaw, jowls and the beginnings of my dad’s turkey gobble neck! What are my options? - patient Dr Sharp:The lower face, jawline and upper neck commonly show the first signs of ageing; jowls, folds between the nose and mouth corners, slack skin around the jawline and thinning, sagging skin around the neck. Hence it’s a common focus area for our treatments and procedures. Non surgical options for early signs of double chin/neck and jawline sagging include dermal fillers, fat dissolving injections and strategic use of muscle relaxer or fillers. Surgical options include facelift or mini facelift surgery.Injectable fillers and muscle relaxersDermal filler can be placed along the jawline or cheekbones to lift and firm the early signs of jowling. The cost will depend on the amount of filler required, and usually ranges from $1200 to $2400. Muscle relaxing injections to address muscle issues costs $12.50 per unit. We use only the highest quality dermal fillers and wrinkle injections. Read more about these treatments here.Under or ‘double’ chin fat dissolving injectionsWe find most patients with mild to moderate deposits of fat in this area only require 3 treatment sessions to get great results. Fat dissolving injections are not rebatable through Medicare unfortunately, as they are considered a cosmetic treatment. Click here to read more about dissolving double chins and unwanted fat deposits on your upper neck.Facelift surgeryThis procedure can range from a minor operation performed under local anaesthetic in our clinic to remove a small amount of excess skin on the lower face – through to a full facelift with neck lift, tightening the deep underlying structures of the face and repositioning fat pads that have migrated south. To read more about facelift surgery please click here.Our facelift patients range from people in their late 30’s seeking our unique Sharp Lift technique, which firms and redefines, addressing early jowls and lower face laxity while using nano fat grafting to plump and revolumise – through to men and women in their 70’s who are looking for the natural-looking, ‘total’ facelift results. Each facelift is crafted to suit the individual patient’s anatomy and desired result.How can I determine the best treatments for my face?Ultimately the best decision for you will be based upon a number of factors, including: Ehow much excess skin you have in this area of your face Eyour natural bone structure, jawline and chin projection Eany unwanted fat deposits Ethe condition of your skin Eyour budget and; Emost importantly, your desired outcomeNot sure? Book a complimentary consultation with our clinicianCall us on 07 3202 4744 if you would like to arrange a booking – or if you have any further questions you would like to discuss with us. Our team prides itself on delivering gold standard clinical care, whether you are having non surgical treatments or surgery with us, you will always receive honest, transparent advice and plenty of information to make an informed decision about your face.Ask us your facial ageing question! Name Email Address Message 9 + 9 = Submit What I wish I’d known before I had breast augmentation surgery…Breast augmentation surgery is now one of the world’s most commonly performed cosmetic surgery procedures. There are over 60,000,000 implants currently implanted in women around the world. Despite being a popular procedure, there are some important factors and considerations to make when undergoing breast augmentation surgery. We are very up front about costs, credentials, implant benefits, risks and recovery. We frequently receive enquiries from women who have had breast augmentation surgery elsewhere in the past and wish to have their surgery revised. We’ve collated the most common “what I wish I’d known” statements below. It’s important to ask questions and get as much information as possible (and read it carefully) the first time around, to ensure an optimal outcome:1. What are my surgeon’s credentials?Did you know, in Australia, any doctor can legally call themselves a ‘surgeon’ even if they haven’t undergone the Medical Board recognised training with the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons. If your doctor calls themselves a surgeon and isn’t on this list, they aren’t a qualified Specialist Plastic Surgeon. Specialist plastic surgeons undergo extensive training in surgical safety, infection prevention techniques and implant selection to ensure a low risk of infection. To further increase patient safety in breast implant surgery, a 14-Point-Plan has been developed by Specialist Plastic Surgeons to minimise the risk of bacterial contamination of an implant and improve outcomes.Specialist Plastic Surgeons are committed to lifelong learning in breast implant surgery to update their skills and knowledge continually, ensuring they are equipped with the latest skills and technological advancements.2. What is the safety profile of my implants and what are their warranty provisions?Specialist Plastic Surgeons use products that are approved by the TGA. Not all implants are created equal; they carry different risks, warranty provisions (ranging from very restricted short term cover through to life long support should you have a complication). Your surgeon should be able to explain the difference between the key brands of implants currently available. It is likely your surgeon has a specific brand of implants that she or he favours, and they should be able to explain to you in detail as to why they have chosen these. The implants Dr Sharp uses come with extensive replacement and warranty provisions, offering additional peace of mind to patients.3. What safety measures does my surgeon take when performing augmentation surgery?In Australia, Specialist Plastic Surgeons operate in licensed hospital facilities that have excellent infection control standards to ensure the best outcomes for patients. The diligent and systematic application of antimicrobial strategies at the time of breast implant surgery has been shown to reduce the risk of implant complications. You surgeon will be able to explain the steps they take to ensure best practice standards are upheld, or exceeded.4. What might my recovery look like and what do I need to consider when planning my recovery?Good questions to ask might include: EHow much time will I need off work? EWhen can I return to the gym (and what I can return to doing)? EHow am I going to lift my young child in and out of the car for the first 6-12 weeks? EDo I have a special event coming up and will this impact the outfit I can wear or activities I can participate in? EWhat if my recovery doesn't go to plan or takes longer; how will that impact my income, lifestyle or finances?5. Am I clear on what I do and don’t like about my breasts; and do I have realistic expectations?Plastic surgery isn’t an exact science (as much as we wish it was). Each patient is unique and comes with a different body shape, chest width, skin condition and health profile. While your surgeon will do their absolute best to achieve your desired outcome it’s important to remember that this procedure is about improving – not perfecting – your breasts. If you are chasing perfection or want to look identical to someone else, you might be disappointed with your end result. When performed by a specialist plastic surgeons with high quality implants under the right surgical conditions, breast augmentation is very safe procedure. The above information is by no means exhaustive; our patients have at least 2 consultations with Dr Sharp before their surgery and spend at least 1.5 hours in the clinic with us covering off a wide range of information before having their procedure.Having a breast augmentation can be an exciting experience but it’s not something to rush into. See more than one surgeon, ask lots of questions and do your research!In the press: West End NewsWest End magazine has taken a look at our luxurious new clinic in this article, featuring the custom built space we recently opened in Cordelia Street, South Brisbane!“For many people who visit our clinics, its the beginning of a new chapter in their lives – sometimes, its the first thing they’ve donee for themselves in decades. so the gravity of their time in the clinic, and what that might represent to them, is never lost on us. Every visit is special, and so we wanted a special space.”Read more about our luxe new clinic here! Textured implant updateThe TGA are reviewing textured implants. Not all textured implants are the same; there are different types of textured surfaces (macro, micro and nano) and each carry different safety profiles.No decision has been made to suspend or cancel the implants Dr Sharp uses.When a textured implant is required to achieve a specific result that a patient desires, in consultation with the patient, either Mentor Siltex (microtextured) and Motiva (nanotextured) implants are used.The latest research shows that the Mentor microtextured implants carry a 1 in 86,029 chance of developing BIA-ALCL. If you have textured implants or are considering them, we understand recent news might raise some questions and concerns for you and your loved ones. Nothing is more important to us than the health and safety of the women Dr Sharp operates on.Current literature and real world evidence shows that the risk of developing BIA-ALCL differs between different textured implants and has been shown to be rare with the implants we use. Motiva are relatively new to the market in Australia and are nano textured, meaning their surface has been created to specifically avoid the causes of BIA-ALCL. Mentor breast implants are supported by long term clinical data, including three 10 year prospective clinical trials.If I have textured implants, do I need to have them removed?If you have no symptoms, you do not need to have your implants removed.What are the symptoms of BIA-ALCL?The common presentation is fluid swelling around the breast implant and in the space between the implant and breast implant capsule – called a ‘late seroma’. The diagnosis of the tumor is made by examining the seroma fluid.Is BIA-ALCL breast cancer?BIA-ALCL not breast cancer. Breast cancer affects 1 in 8 Australian women. The implants we use carry a 1 in 86,000 risk.BIA-ALCL is a rare type of lymphoma that develops adjacent to breast implants, usually as a swelling of the breast 3-14 years after insertion. This swelling is due to fluid building up in the fibrous capsule that surrounds the implant and does not develop in the breast tissue itself. It can also present as a swelling or lump in the breast or armpit. The incidence of BIA-ALCL is very low.How common are textured breast implants?There are approximately 60 million textured breast prosthesis implanted in women.All surgery carries risks and no cosmetic procedure is without potential complications. It’s important to be fully informed of your options, and weigh up these risks to make sure they are acceptable to you before undergoing surgery.Dr Sharp is ethically and clinically committed to providing the safest available prosthesis for patients to achieve their desired results. Implants are selected in consultation with patients, with the latest data and long term safety in mind.☎️ If you have any concerns or questions, call us on 07 3202 4744 or email info@drdavidsharp.com.au.👩💻 To read more, please click on the resource links below:– About BIA-ALCL and latest research results: https://bit.ly/2UtarRJ– TGA Website: http://www.tga.gov.au/breast-implant-associated-anaplastic-large-cell-lymphoma-bia-alcl5 ways to reduce bruisingA bruise appears when tiny blood vessels are damaged, through surgery, injury or puncture. Blood gets trapped under the skin, causing a bruise. Some people are more predisposed to bruising than others; blood thinning medications or certain vitamin deficiencies can increase the risk of bruising. Bruises will heal in time as the body reabsorbs the blood. Although bruises are common after surgery and injectables treatments, there are ways to accelerate the healing process:Arnica: there’s a lack of scientific evidence to conclusively support arnica as a bruise reduction treatment, but anecdotally, we find arnica tablets speed up the reduction of bruising and swelling in the week after surgery; especially after facelift surgery.Hirudoid cream: contains MPS (mucopolysaccharides) which promotes tissue regeneration and reduction of swelling and inflammation. The cream is gently massaged into the bruised area twice daily, avoiding the incision line.Ice therapy: for the early stages of bruising. This can prevent the bruise from being as apparent and reduce swelling. Apply ice over the bruised area, but not over your incisions (if you’ve had surgery). Ice the bruise for 10 minutes at a time. Wait 20 minutes before reapplying.LED light therapy: can help speed up the breakdown of bruises.Conceal: use a high coverage or camouflage concealer such as Dermablend, which is available in pharmacies. This can be applied over the bruise. If you’ve had surgery, don’t apply the concealer over your incision line.As always, what you put in your body will impact your recovery. Avoiding processed foods, salt, sugar and alcohol before and after surgery – and sticking to good water intake and healthy, whole foods – will assist with optimal healing. Incorporate fruit and vegetables that offer antioxidant and anti inflammatory benefits, such as pineapple – which is packed with bromelain – or celery which offers vitamins B6, C and K. Everything in moderation; ginger and turmeric also have anti inflammatory benefits, but very high doses can worsen bruising, so go easy on them! If you are a patient of Dr Sharp’s and having a cosmetic or large reconstructive procedure, your black post operative bag will contain some products to assist with your recovery and bruising. Our clinics also offer complimentary Hirudoid cream for our surgical and injectables patients.How long do bruises take to fade after surgery or injectables?About 2 weeks; for milder or more superficial bruising (common after injectables), bruises can fade within 1 week to be almost indistinguishable. Bruising can appear immediately as a red or pink patch; within the first 2 days, the hemoglobin (the part of your blood that carries oxygen) changes and the bruise turns a blue, purple or black colour. After 5 to 10 days, the bruise turns green or yellow. Then after 10 or 14 days, it turns yellow brown or light brown colour before disappearing altogether. They can be tender to touch during this period.How does a bruise differ from a haematoma?A haematoma occurs when the body cannot heal the bruise as easily or quickly as a minor injury. A bruise occurs when a small amount of blood comes out of the vessel. A haematoma usually involves a larger amount of blood; this sometimes occurs after surgery when blood pools in the tissues, and the body cannot quickly process the blood as it does with a bruise. As a result, a haematoma stays the same color and firmness after several days rather than demonstrating the same aforementioned healing progress as a bruise. If you think you might have a haematoma, contact your surgeon to find out if it requires further treatment. In some cases, the haematoma can be removed through draining or surgically removing the collection of blood.Should I be worried about my bruising?Although they can be unsightly, bruises are not typically cause for clinical concern after surgery or injectables. They usually heal on their own. But, in some cases, a patient may need to seek medical attention for their bruising. Your bruise should not cause your limbs to become numb or lose function. This is especially the case if: Eyou have recently had a dermal filler treatment and find that part of your face on or near the site of the injections has become blue, purple or black. This can be a sign of occlusion and requires urgent medical attention. Eafter surgery, if you find that your bruise is firm and does not fade or change in the manner explained above. This could indicate that you have a haematoma. The location, size, and cause of the haematoma will determine how to treat it.The information contained in this article relates to bruising after surgery or injectables and does not relates to bruising due to other trauma. The article does not constitute medical advice; if you are concerned, you should seek the advice of your doctor. If you are one of Dr Sharp’s patients, we will monitor your bruising and provide advice as your healing progresses. Any concerns regarding your bruises should be promptly raised with us.Lip flip vs lip lift: what is the difference?My upper lip is very thin and curls under when I smile, showing the gum above my teeth. I’ve found that even when I have fillers, my lip still looks like it curls up and under, especially when I smile.Can cosmetic injections help or do I need lip lift surgery to correct this? - patient Deborah:Cosmetic muscle relaxing injections can be injected into the muscle above the top lip (orbicularis oris) to relax it slightly, softening a gummy smile – or rolling the lip out, giving the appearance of more volume. While both procedures cause the upper lip to ‘kick’ out more, the results of lip lift surgery differs from lip flick injections in that the injections relax the muscles around the upper lip, while surgery shortens the distance between the upper lip and the nose (philtrum). Dr Sharp explains lip lift surgery (pictured above) in more detail here.Lip flick injections strategically and temporarily reduce repetitive muscle movements associated with the development of wrinkles around the mouth. They are often used in conjunction with dermal filler injections. The treatment takes 5 to 10 minutes, causes minimal discomfort and the results of this procedure last between 3 to 5 months.When used alone, or in combination with fillers, muscle relaxing injections give lips a subtle pout by flipping out the lip line, rolling the lip gently outward and providing a fuller appearance.With so many options now available thanks to modern lip enhancement techniques and procedures, it can be difficult to know which treatment works best for you. At our consultations, we will assess your face and upper lip appearance, and advise the best treatment or procedure to achieve you aesthetic goal.Muscle relaxing lip injections Eslightly relax muscles that surround the upper lip Ereduce gummy smile Ehelp flick out the top lip making it look fuller Elast 3-5 months Ecost: from $25 per treatment Etakes 5-10 mins per visit Eno downtimeDermal filler lip injections Eenhances lip volume, projection and shape Elast 10-18 months Efrom $499 per treatment E20 mins per visit (longer if you require anaesthetic cream) Esometimes swelling and bruising can be visible for 3-7 daysLip lift surgery Ereduces the distance between the upper lip and the nose Eincision in crease under the nose Eflicks out the top lip making it look fuller Elong term results Ecost: from $2750 Etakes 40-60 minutes E1 week downtimeIt’s important to remember that dermal filler adds volume, which makes the lip appear larger by literally making it bigger, while anti-wrinkle injections relax muscle around the mouth and rolls the lip outward, creating the illusion of a bigger lip — without the added volume. Dermal fillers can be used in conjunction with muscle relaxing injections as well as lip lift surgery.Ask us your lip enhancement question! Name Email Address Message 13 + 9 = Submit IS MODERN BREAST AUGMENTATION SURGERY SAFER THAN EVER BEFORE?Is breast augmentation surgery considered to be a safe procedure?Specifically, are modern breast implants safer than the implants used in the past and is there anything I can do to make sure my surgery is as safe as possible? - patient Dr Sharp:It’s great to hear you are thinking about these factors before your augmentation surgery, as they are important pre operative considerations.I only offer procedures that I believe are safe and ethical; if it’s a procedure that I’d caution my family against having, I will not offer it to my patients. Breast augmentation surgery is a safe surgical procedure, if you use a qualified plastic surgeon, opt for high quality implants and promptly seek medical advice if you have any concerns regarding your breasts in the future.With new-generation implant options and surgical techniques, breast augmentation today is safer than ever and can help women achieve the natural look they want while also improving their breast shape and volume.While there are many different factors that contribute to ideal results and a safe outcome, there are four key benefits of modern breast augmentation surgery.Modern implantsDecades of research suggest that breast augmentation surgery is safe when performed by a qualified plastic surgeon using quality implants and best practice surgical techniques. The implants I use are filled with cohesive gel silicone, which means that even if a traumatic injury was to result in a rupture, the silicone maintains its shape and usually stays within the implant capsule. These implants also feature nano or micro texturing, which balances our desire to minimise the risk of implant migration or capsular contracture by using a textured implant – with the safety benefits of a superiorly engineered implant surface.Sophisticated techniquesIn addition to having access to a wider range of implant options, surgeons now often utilise a spectrum of new techniques, with shorter incisions and less downtime resulting.The use of Keller funnels and micro and nano textured implants – to reduce the risk of bacterial contamination and associated risks – has been accompanied by more long term research and scientific analysis of breast implants than ever before.Natural looking resultsWe have moved away from the ‘bigger is better’ mantra; modern breast augmentation patients usually want natural looking, sustainable results. For most women, the goal of breast augmentation is to increase breast volume and improve asymmetry but to do so subtly for a very believable result. More proportionate implants, sized and positioned to suit the natural anatomy, place less strain on surrounding tissues and structures, resulting in a better long term outcome.Breast augmentation plastic surgery specialistsNot every doctor that implants breast prosthesis in Australia is a qualified surgeon. Sadly, some of them pass themselves off as ‘surgeons’ despite not having undergone Medical Board recognised specialist plastics training. Despite widespread media regarding the potentially catastrophic consequences of choosing an unqualified surgeon to perform surgery, patients still tell us they’re confused about the difference between a ‘qualified’ and ‘unqualified’ surgeon. Choosing a RACS qualified, specialist plastic surgeon (denoted by the ‘FRACS Plast’ after their name) who understands the latest breast enhancement options, techniques and trends is the best place to start. You can locate qualified plastic surgeons in your area here. Your plastic surgeon will be an excellent resource to help you better understand the differences between implant types, and to create a customised surgical plan that is designed to meet your individual needs.Most importantly…The current data available to plastic surgeons indicates that breast augmentation surgery is a safe procedure, provided sensible measures are taken by both patient and surgeon to reduce any known risks. But if you are going to embark upon breast augmentation surgery, it has to be something you feel 100% confident and safe undertaking. If you have doubts or feel anxious about the risks, I recommend waiting. Perhaps do more research, get a second or third opinion from other plastic surgeons and talk to women who have implants. Delaying surgery until you feel totally comfortable with your decision is something your surgeon will support – and something you’ll never regret!Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 12 + 14 = Submit How many breast augmentations are performed around the world annually?Breast augmentation surgery is one of the most common procedures requested in our Brisbane and Ipswich clinics. Figures released by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons in November 2018 show that 1,677,320 breast augmentations were performed internationally in 2017.Number of breast augmentations performed annually– Annual Global Aesthetic Survey, ISAPS 2017Breast augmentation continues to be the most popular plastic and cosmetic surgery procedure around the world, and in Australia. In our clinics, it is closely followed by abdominoplasty, facelift, breast reduction or breast lift and blepharoplasty surgery. CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn morePre operative nerves; how to relieve anxiety before surgeryPre surgery jitters are very normal; even if you are excited about your procedure and the changes it will bring, it can be hard not to worry about the operation, the possible risks and recovery. Whether you are having day surgery or a lengthy inpatient stay, these feelings are to be expected in the days or weeks leading up to your procedure.Severe anxiety can cause unpleasant symptoms and stress. Typical symptoms include a pounding heart, a racing heart, irregular heartbeat, nausea or stomach cramps, shortness of breath and sleep problems. Anxiety can make pain worse, as well as making it harder to cope with the pain. It also becomes a problem if it makes it harder to understand and remember important things you are told about the operation, such as advice about your recovery afterwards.It’s important to make sure that anxiety doesn’t become too overwhelming before your surgery, or impact negatively on your headspace or emotional preparation. Although there is not much research on strategies for managing pre surgery anxiety, some evidence suggests that certain measures can help:Learn how your pre operative nerves are affecting you. Anxiety increases your heart rate, blood pressure and keeps you awake. Over time, most people learn how to manage their anxiety and frightening situations. They develop suitable strategies to cope with what is causing the anxiety. Going into the hospital and having an operation is often a completely new situation, so you might emotional and practical support from friends and family too.Talk to other people. People cope with pre operative anxiety in different ways. Some try to prevent it by obtaining information and talking with other people about their concerns. Others use distraction techniques such as reading, exercise or deep breathing. Several studies have suggested that listening to music before surgery can relieve anxiety.Let your surgeon and hospital staff know how you are feeling. You won’t be the first person to come to hospital feeling anxious and a good surgical team will be skilled in techniques to put patients at ease and make them feel comfortable.Utilise relaxation techniques such as breathing exercises, meditation or muscle relaxation. Massages, acupuncture, homeopathy, aromatherapy or hypnosis aren’t scientifically proven anxiety treatments – but many patients find them beneficial in the lead up to surgery.Medication can assist. Benzodiazepines are often used for the purpose of relaxing patients and reducing anxiety. They might also make you feel drowsy. It is important to tell your surgeon or anaesthetist if you already took a sedative before arriving at the hospital.Smoking before surgery! Many people who smoke tend to smoke even more when they’re feeling worried. But smoking during the lead up to surgery can increase the risk of post operative complications, delayed wound healing and unfavourable scarring. Stop smoking at least 6 weeks before surgery and talk to your GP about obtaining support to break the habit while dealing with pre operative nerves.Have questions regarding surgery? Call our friendly team on 07 3202 4744, we’d love to assist.The information contained in this article in general in nature and does not constitute medical advice.Breast implant safety updateFrance’s ANSM (their equivalent of Australia’s TGA) recently decided to prohibit the use of 13 macro-textured and polyurethane coated implants from six manufacturers. In Australia, the TGA has asked textured implant suppliers to provide detailed information and samples of their implants for analysis before considering whether to suspend or ban the products.Our clinics do not use ‘macro’ textured implants; the two implant brands that we currently use are not included in France’s ban list; we chose our implant brands based on their very high quality standards. The TGA announcement has caused understandable concern among women who have had breast augmentation surgery, with many wondering if their implants are safe, or require removal and replacement. The brand we predominantly use had its certification mark (CE) renewed by the European Union only two months ago, and carries the lowest rate of complications – such as BIA-ALCL and capsular contracture – partly due to the quality of its ‘micro’ coating.Among other factors, breast implant related lymphoma (BIA-ALCL) has been linked to ‘macro’ textured breast implants. Due to their quality, the ‘micro’ textured implants we use are some of the more expensive on the market in Australia, but we believe the additional investment is worth the cost, offering unparalleled safety – and peace of mind.What does this mean? Now more than ever, it’s important to: EKnow the brand and type of implants your surgeon uses EDr Sharp use Mentor and Motiva implants. Being able to identify the type of implant your surgeon uses is an important part of your pre-surgery education and informed consent. We believe patients deserve to know the brand of the implant a surgeon uses when they are researching the right surgeon for them. EBefore your surgery, ask your surgeon why s/he choses those implants EWe chose these implants because they are high quality prosthesis with sound science behind their design and warranty provisions; they are backed by reputable manufacturers. Secondary to this, they also provide a more natural feel and better result than other implants, in our opinion. EEnsure you are aware of the implant's warranty provisions and safety record EWith Medicare and private health insurers no longer covering implant replacement surgery, warranty provisions for rupture and capsular contracture are very important - not just because they save you money if you need to have the implants replaced, but it also signifies that the manufacturer takes responsibility for its product's performance. EAsk your surgeon if they have taken the 14 Point Plan Pledge EDr Sharp follows the 14 Point Plan. You can read more about why this improves the safety of our breast augmentation surgery here. EAsk your surgeon if they register their implants with the Australian Breast Device Registry EWe do. After your surgery, you will receive your implant details. These are also saved to your electronic chart in our practice, and a copy is sent to the ABDR, so you have 3 ways of identifying your implants should you need to in the future. The data collected by the ABDR also unable us to track the long term performance of breast devices, and identify best surgical practices to ensure optimal patient health outcomes.Are all textured breast implants the same?No. The coating of the implants we use are calling ‘micro’ textured or ‘nano’ textured and differ significantly from those recalled; adhering to the highest implant quality standards. The safety of our implants is supported by clinical data, with our micro textured implants in particular being examined by three, 10-year prospective clinical trials. The risk of developing BIA-ALCL differs between different textured prosthesis and has been shown to be rare with the kind of breast implants we use; about one in 86,000 according to the most recent risk assessment published in the Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Journal. Other implants carry a 1 in 2,800 risk, demonstrating that when it comes to safety, all implants are not created equal.Read more about BIA-ALCL here.Do I need to have my implants removed and replaced?Currently there are no recommendations to have implants ‘preventatively’ removed. If your implants are causing you concerns – or if you are encountering a complication such as rupture or capsular contracture – see your GP as a first course of action. Seek the advice of your GP if you are experiencing: Eswelling Edistortion Echanges in shape or size Epain or discomfort Edischarge Efirmness / hardness Elumps ErashThe GP will examine your breasts – and they might refer you for an ultrasound or MRI, along with a referral to a plastic surgeon. If you have a copy of your implant details, please bring them along to your consultation.View before and after photos and read more about implant revision, which includes removal and replacement surgery, here. BIA-ALCL: fast facts EThe incidence of BIA-ALCL remains rare. EMost seromas are not BIA-ALCL EAs of September 30, 2018, the FDA had received a total of 660 medical device reports (MDRs) of BIA ALCL worldwide, including the death of nine patients. In Australia and New Zealand, 94 patients have been identified, a further two being worked up. This includes four women who have died. To put this number into context, in 2017 the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons estimated that approximately 1,600,000 breast augmentations were performed that year alone. EDiligent and systematic application of antimicrobial strategies at the time of breast implant surgery has been shown to be beneficial; that's why Dr Sharp follows the Macquarie University 14 Point Plan. ETo date, although there are hypotheses, no one can claim to know the exact cause of BIA-ALCL. The hypotheses with most scientific support involve textured implants, the presence of bacteria, host genetic predisposition, chronic T-cell response with eventual monoclonal proliferation and transformation into lymphoma EUpdated Australian and New Zealand figures show that 70% of ANZ cases are diagnosed in stage 1 of the disease. In these cases, complete surgical removal is curative with enbloc capsulectomy and implant removal.This article does not constitute individual medical advice; if you have any concerns, please see your GP for referral to a specialist plastic surgeon to receive advice specific to you and your implants. Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 14 + 13 = Submit RETURNING TO EXERCISE AFTER BREAST AUGMENTATION SURGERY“I would love to have a breast augmentation, but I’m worried about the impact it will have on my daily exercise routine, and the muscle tone loss or weight gain I will experience during the downtime.How soon after surgery can I return to working out, and are there any restrictions?”– patient Dr Sharp:It’s great to hear you are thinking about these factors before your augmentation surgery, as they are important pre operative considerations.After breast augmentation surgery you will spend about one week not doing much – you will be able to do basic tasks like showering, getting a drink or chilling on the couch, but not much more than that! During the following week, you’ll return to tasks like making your bed, going for light walks, cooking a meal or driving a car.The most challenging restriction for many of my breast augmentation patients is the requirement to not lift anything over 2kg for at least 6 weeks after surgery. And that doesn’t mean returning to bench pressing 10kg or lifting a toddler at 6 weeks and 1 day post op! Even at the 6-8 week post operative mark, it’s important to ease back into your exercise routine and tasks like shopping, cleaning and lifting small children. Listen to your body and if you experience pain, discomfort or swelling, cease the activity for another 2 weeks and ease back into it. Upper body workouts or things like rock climbing or ergo work will need to wait much longer than 6 weeks, but in the interim there’s other activities you can do to retain your fitness. We work with an experienced personal trainer to create customised workouts during the months after surgery, so talk to us if you’d like to discuss the options available to you, with a carefully selected workout routine.It is important to emphasise that it’s still possible to do damage during this period, placing strain on the supporting structures and new scar tissue in your breast, which can have long term impact on your results! So the short term frustration of ‘taking it easy’ is worth it in the long run – and something worth committing to prior to undergoing breast augmentation surgery.If you use exercise to manage your mental wellbeing, it’s important to discuss this openly with your surgeon prior to surgery, so s/he can discuss the impact that your recovery period could have, and weight up the challenges you might encounter.Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 11 + 9 = Submit What to expect during your first consultYour first visit to a surgeon can be both exciting, and scary. It’s very normal to experience a mix of nerves, eagerness and uncertainty. To ensure that your visit is as stress free as possible, prior to your first visit, our patient care team will email to you: Ea link to complete our patient registration form online (please complete this at least 24 hours prior to your consult) Ea list of any referral letters, tests or reports to bring along Edirections to our free patient carparkDuring your first visit to us for a cosmetic or reconstructive procedure, you will be greeted by our friendly patient care team, who will take your referral letter or reports, and give you a white folder containing your procedure information pack. Please enjoy a tea or coffee while you wait, and peruse the information contained in your white folder.We don’t expect you to speed read all the information in this folder before you go in to see Dr Sharp, but some of the key points on the back page of the brochure might help you formulate questions you hadn’t already thought of.At the end of your consult you will take this folder home; we understand there’s a lot of information to take in during you first consultation, so don’t hesitate to ask questions or request that Dr Sharp elaborate on any information you don’t understand.During your consult with Dr Sharp he will discuss your concerns – or the areas you’d like to improve. He will examine and assess the area, and take any necessary clinical measurements. You will then step through the surgical options available together. Once you have decided upon your desired procedure in consultation with Dr Sharp, he will step through the surgical process involved – as well as the expected outcomes, risks, recovery period and any considerations he’d like you to make when weighing up the procedure’s pros and cons. Dr Sharp is very approachable and most patients comment that they quickly feel relaxed and at ease with him – but he also appreciates that talking about your concerns or being examined isn’t something people do every day, and so you might feel uncomfortable; this is very normal. Please let Dr Sharp know if you would like a friend, family member or female observer to be present during your consult. Sometimes it can be difficult to take in all the information discussed during the first consultation and so having a second set of ears present can also be helpful when recalling the procedure/s you discussed. As standard procedure, we always require a friend, family member or female member of our team to be present during genital examinations. This information will also be contained within the information pack you will take home on the day, along with the consent form explaining the elements of the procedure you need to consider before committing to surgery. If you are considering breast augmentation surgery, Dr Sharp will also provide a sports bra and implant ‘sizers’ to try on.This enables you to put your own top on (or we have tops available for you to use) and view the different implant sizers in a mirror. You are welcome to take photos of your anticipated breast appearance in clothing, as this can be helpful when considering your implant size selection at home later on.After your consultation with Dr Sharp, clinical pre operative photos will be taken of the area you are having treated. These photos are securely stored and used as a reference tool by Dr Sharp when planning surgery, and sometimes intraoperatively. 3D simulation technology is also available in our clinic, and if you are having breast augmentation surgery, one of our patient care team members will complete the scan and upload your simulation results to peruse at home. At the conclusion of your consultation with Dr Sharp he will advise our patient care team of the procedure you are considering and any potential item numbers involved. This will enable us to check if any Medicare or private health insurance rebates apply, and compile an estimate of fees for you. This takes 5-10 minutes, so we thank you in advance for your patience while we collate the different costs for your procedure.Before you leave the clinic, we will step through the estimate of fees with you and answer any queries you might have regarding costs, as well as providing you with potential surgery dates at your preferred hospital/s.After your initial consultation if you wish to proceed with surgery, our patient care team will schedule the procedure for you and accept any deposits required. If you are having a cosmetic procedure, we will organise a second – complimentary – pre operative consultation with Dr Sharp. We ask patients to bring their patient information folder back with them for this consultation, as it contains important consent documentation which needs to be signed with Dr Sharp.We also offer video consultations for regional or overseas patients who wish to see Dr Sharp. Usually at least one of the two consultations is conducted face to face prior to surgery, with the other consult via video (FaceTime or Skype).Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. New health fund tiers: what do they mean for you?Private health insurance is a significant investment for most Australians, with 55% of us covered by some policy. Often, insurance products are complex and difficult to understand and compare. You might have recently heard from your health fund regarding new policy changes that will commence this year. In an attempt to simplify health insurance, the government has introduced a new tier system, in the hope that it will ensure consumers know what they’re covered for, when they buy a particular policy. It’s hoped that these new changes will provide more clarity for consumers – and less unpleasant surprises when it comes to claiming for procedures. This may also impact your coverage for certain Medicare item numbers.The private health insurance reforms will bring in a new system for categorising hospital products, breaking policy cover up into gold, silver, bronze or basic cover.All hospital-based treatments have been organised into 38 categories, based around different body systems, for example: ‘ear, nose and throat’ or ‘bone, joint and muscle’.Each new hospital policy will fall under one of four product tiers: gold, silver, bronze or basic. Each product tier will cover a specific number of categories in a private hospital: EBasic – very little if any cover in private hospital EBronze – low cover (18 categories of services) ESilver – medium cover (26 categories of services) EGold – full or top cover (all 38 categories of services)Policies that cover more than the minimum requirement will be called a ‘plus’ policy, for example ‘bronze plus’ would cover some additional benefits, above a standard bronze policy.Also, member will now be able to choose to pay a higher excess to reduce their premiums. This means they might choose a policy that costs less throughout the year, but will incur a larger excess payment if they do go to hospital.When will the changes happen?The changes will start to happen from 1 April 2019. By 1 April 2020, every private health insurance policy will have changed to the new system. Your insurance policy may not change straight away, but if you are planning surgery, we recommend that you call your fund to discuss their changeover date.I’m planning surgery; should I change my policy before the 1st of April?Choice recommends that – unless your fund has advised that you will lose cover for an essential item – you don’t need to switch funds or policies before 1 April. They recommend waiting until your fund advises the switch over date, and whether or not they’ll close old policies and move members to a new one. Also, Choice advises that it could be difficult to find the right policy before April 1 as many policies are changing, and will be released after that date.Finding the right policy to switch to before 1 April might be difficult, because many policies are changing and new ones will be released on that date. If you haven’t already, you’ll receive a letter from your health fund telling you what they’re going to do with your policy; read this handy guide to help you understand the letter from your fund.If you’re planning surgery, ask your surgeon if item numbers apply. If so, contact your fund and ask whether the item numbers specific to your surgery will be covered in the tier that your policy will be on. If not, ask them if you can select a higher tier – and whether they’ll waive any waiting periods.Is this a good thing, or a bad thing?Like all private health insurance policy changes, only time will tell! The government believes the new tiers will make it easier for patients to understand what each policy type covers, and to shop around for the best private health insurance deals. Conversely, there are concerns that consumers will have difficulty understanding the new categories, and ensuring continuity of cover.We welcome any private health insurance reforms that deliver clearer, fairer and more cost effective options for patients.While we are not permitted to recommend any specific funds to our patients, our practice manager Carol is able assist you with questions to ask your fund to ensure you are covered for any item number eligible procedures you may be considering in the future. Email Carol any questions at manager@drdavidsharp.com.au In the media: Dr David Sharp plastic surgery Dr Sharp was featured in the QT this month, discussing the tips, trends and pitfalls of plastic surgery in 2019.He said more Australians are undergoing plastic surgery as taboos fall and surgical advancements evolve.Below are some excerpts from the interview with QT Editor Shannon Newley:Why I chose a career in plastic surgery…The reason I chose plastic surgery as a sub-specialty is because I love performing the full spectrum of procedures it offers. They are all rewarding because they effect positive change in patients’ lives in different ways. For example, blepharoplasty surgery provides an instant reward because the recovery is so quick and it’s a small operation that makes a big change, whereas post pregnancy abdominoplasty and breast lift surgery is rewarding – even though the recovery is longer – because it restores core strength and improves back pain, pelvic floor issues and skin irritations after a woman has given so much of her body over to having a baby.Future trends in plastic and cosmetic surgeryWe will see more interest in minimal downtime surgery such as lip lifts, mini-facelifts and procedures that combine fat grafting. For skin condition and improvement, there is a growing interest in medical grade lasers, micro-needling and PRP therapy to help stimulate the skin’s own natural responses. It’s a more holistic approach than we’ve seen in the past, and I think it’s going to achieve more natural, sustainable results for patients.Current trends in plastic and cosmetic surgeryThe interest in having cosmetic surgery is definitely still on the rise. This is because the taboos that previously existed around these procedures have lifted; they are also easier to access now, thanks to lower costs. Some of the procedures can also be claimed through private health insurance such as breast reduction, abdominoplasty or rhinoplasty, if they are considered to be medically required.We are definitely seeing more demand for breast augmentations and facelifts than we have in the past. This could be due to a greater awareness of the options available; facelift surgery techniques have evolved to offer a procedure that provides a very naturally rejuvenated look – not the stretched, pulled-back appearance. We’re also seeing smaller facial procedures, such as minifacelifts and lip-lift surgery, grow in popularity as we can perform some of these under local anaesthetic.The “new generation”, high quality breast implants I use also look and feel more natural than ever before, and along with fat grafting, it means we can tailor the augmentation result to the patient’s unique anatomy. In terms of breast augmentation, the popularity of this procedure has skyrocketed over the past 10 years in general.Misconceptions about cosmetic surgeryThere is still a concerning lack of understanding around credentials. We still speak to a lot of patients who didn’t realise there’s a difference between a doctor that has done 7-10 years of additional training and supervision to become a surgeon, as opposed to a doctor who wants to call themselves a surgeon, and opens up a cosmetic clinic. I encourage patients to check their doctor’s qualifications on the Royal Australasian College of Surgeon’s website’s ‘surgeon finder’; if they aren’t there, they aren’t an accredited Specialist Plastic Surgeon. Meaning, they will not be covered by the same training, hospital operating rights or insurance provisions. The same applies to cosmetic injectables; when you can get a TGA-regulated injection in a hairdressing salon or beauty clinic with no medical professional in sight; we need to ask why patients’ best interests and safety are not being considered.Four steps patients should take before undertaking cosmetic surgeryLook at lots of websites, choose a shortlist of two or three surgeons and check their credentials on the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons’ website (https://www.surgeons.org/ find-a-surgeon/) to ensure the surgeon you choose in in fact a Specialist Surgeon and accredited by the Australian Health Practitioners Regulation Agency.Book a consultation with more than one; it’s a big decision and you need to choose a surgeon that you resonate with and feel comfortable around.Have at least two consultations before your surgery to ensure you’ve had the time to ask all of your questions and that you fully understand the potential complications and how long your recovery is going to take.Have realistic expectations; plastic surgery is about making improvements – not about achieving perfectionHOW CAN I PREVENT OR TREAT SCAR TETHERING?“I’ve had surgery and experienced scar tethering in the past. I’d like to have more surgery, but I’m worried it will happen again.Is there a way of removing it – and how can I make sure it won’t happen again?” – patient Dr Sharp:Scar tethering is sometimes part of your body’s scar healing, with scar tissue under the skin adhering to deeper structures. The scar healing process takes about 24 months in total, and during this period the scar progresses through a number of phases and presentations. How it looks, feels to touch – and the sensations in the area – also change during this period.During the early phases of healing, everything tightens and can feel very firm and thick. During this time we generally recommend massage as your best prevention/optimisation tool. This can be done without lubrication or with the assistance of an over-the-counter silicone gel from the pharmacy to help with the movement. If you have a surface wound, you can also use our Healing Gel.Following your post operative instructions and being patient are the best tools in the early stages of recovery, to optimise your results. Attending your post operative consultations so your surgeon can assess your scar development is also essential.Prevention can be difficult, especially if the area has been operated on before and previously experienced tethering. Sometimes the surgeon can try to release the scar using subcision, whereby they undermine the fibrous bands holding the scar down, however this is not always successful, particularly on tighter areas where the skin is stretched across the bone such as the cheek or jawlines.After the scarring has settled, scars can soften and loosen up with time – and if this doesn’t occur satisfactorily, Fraxel laser and dermal fillers can be used in small doses to help plump and improve the appearance of the skin in the area. Lasers can commence from week 6 post op, and fillers can be utilised a bit further down the track, once the initial healing period is complete.During this period you will have routine post op consults booked, but we welcome you to come in and see us for a checkup – or to consult with Deborah, who is experienced with non surgical scar optimisation strategies. I hope this information assists during your healing process.Ask us your scar question! Name Email Address Message 14 + 2 = Submit How many cosmetic wrinkle injections are performed each year?Cosmetic wrinkle injections are the most commonly performed aesthetic treatments in the world, according to figures released by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons in November 2018. In our Brisbane and Ipswich cosmetic clinics, muscle relaxing cosmetic injectables have been performed on a daily basis for many years – and continue to be one of our most rapidly growing procedures, with crows feet, frown lines and hyperhidrosis for excessive sweating three of the most common treatment areas.Number of wrinkle injection treatments performed annually– Annual Global Aesthetic Survey, ISAPS 2017 Wrinkle injection treatments work by safely and temporarily reducing muscle activity, smoothing existing wrinkles and preventing more from forming. The effects last 3-4 months and so the 10-20 minute treatment is usually performed 3-4 times a year.Priced from $12.50 per unit, we use the world’s most reputable wrinkle injection product (which can’t be named here due to TGA regulations) under the clinical supervision of our plastic surgeon Dr Sharp.CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn moreModern injecting techniques deliver a soft, natural look – rather than the frozen, overly smooth appearance once synonymous with this treatment.In addition to reducing wrinkles in the upper face, muscle relaxing injections can also reduce the appearance of a ‘gummy smile’ whereby the upper lip curles up, exposing the upper gums – as well as excessive sweating in the armpits, hands, scalp and feet, which is called hyperhidrosis. With its excellent safety record and broad application, it’s not difficult to see why it is literally the world’s most popular cosmetic treatment!To book a complimentary wrinkle injection consultation, call us on 07 3202 4744.Question of the week: should I lose weight before I have liposuction?Is liposuction just for people who are significantly overweight; what about people who just want to lose the last stubborn kilograms?I am close to my ideal weight but can’t seem to budge pockets of fat on my stomach and lower back. - patient Dr Sharp:Liposuction is ideal for people who have reached their ideal, healthy weight, and wish to remove stubborn pockets of fat. Lower abdominal fat and love handles respond very well, and it is also a popular treatment for reducing pockets of unwanted fat under the chin, around the knees, back/bra strap fat, inside the thighs and on the back of arms. (Pictured above: liposuction results for Dr Sharp’s patient at 6 months post surgery).Liposuction is not a weight loss or weight reduction procedure. Patients who are yet to achieve their ideal healthy weight can be disappointed by the results of liposuction as larger areas of fat can experience irregularities and patients can find it doesn’t give them the ‘dress size drop’ they were hoping for via liposuction, instead of weight loss.While it can be tempting to have liposuction before your weight loss journey is completed, to obtain the best results and ensure a healthy recovery, it’s important to be as close as possible to your ideal weight. Sometimes Instagram ‘after’ photos of patients on the operating table following liposuction can be misleading and give a false impression of what can be achieved, so it’s important to look at photos three, six or twelve months after surgery to get a realistic indication of your potential outcome.[Pictured left before and three months after upper arm liposuction with Dr Sharp]Ask us your liposuction question! Name Email Address Message 14 + 5 = Submit Question of the week: what’s the best time of year to have a breast augmentation?If I want to be healed in time for next summer, what’s the best time of year to have a breast augmentation? How long will the recovery take and how soon can I swim? - patient Dr Sharp:Breast augmentation in Brisbane is a four-seasons procedure, in that it’s one of those popular operations that I perform every week, every month, of the year. Especially in Queensland, where our weather in warm or mild all year round – women tend to enjoy their results across the year instead of the very cool climates where they are more likely to be concealed by jackets and bulky knits for 6 months of the year.That said, having breasts that are fully healed by the time summer holidays roll around is a common request. For the first 6 weeks after a breast augmentation, your incisions can’t be submerged in bath, spa, pool or sea water – so if you are planning summer holidays, that’s something to consider. Likewise if you are planning a holiday to Europe during their summer, it’s wise to have the surgery at least 6 weeks beforehand, so you can swim and participate in normal activities.We also recommend that patients don’t lift anything heavier than 2kg for the first 6 weeks, so that’s something to think about in terms of returning to the gym, lifting older children, returning to a job that is labour intensive or going on holidays and lifting heavy bags.I encourage my patients to look at the next 6 months and work out where that 6 week ‘gap’ can be – and work backwards from there to find the most suitable time for their surgery.When planning your breast augmentation, remember that you will probably have 2 consultations with your surgeon, a few weeks or even months apart.Also keep in mind that most plastic surgeons in Brisbane or Ipswich will have anywhere from a 3 to 8 week wait at various times of year; sometimes longer. Start contacting your short list of surgeons for available appointments about 4-6 months ahead of your ideal surgery time frame, so you get your pick of preferred dates, and also so you don’t feel like the consultation and surgery booking process is rushed or compromised. It’s an exciting and important process, so give yourself lots of planning time!Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 7 + 1 = Submit 2018 Highlights: before and after plastic surgery with Dr David SharpIt’s been a big year of operating for us – and we love nothing more than to look back through our patients’ surgical journeys and see the improvements they’ve experienced!From facelift and blepharoplasty through to breast augmentation, abdominoplasty and wrinkle injections – here’s a small selection of results from the thousands of procedures that Dr Sharp performed during the past 12 months. We love being part of every patient’s surgical journey, and witnessing the positive life changes that self improvement can bring; which often reach far beyond the physical transformations seen here. Thank you to all of our patients, for entrusting your care to us – and making us part of your 2018.A special thank you to those patients who generously permitted us to share their results, to help educate others about procedures they might be considering. Keep an eye out for more on our Facebook and Instagram pages!CONSIDERING SURGERY IN 2019? THE BEST RESULTS ARE PLANNED AHEAD! CONTACT US TO TAKE THE FIRST STEP...learn moreWhat is the short scar breast augmentation technique?As breast augmentation techniques evolve, the visible signs of surgery have become less prominent.One of the techniques that Dr Sharp employs during almost every breast augmentation procedure he performs at our Brisbane and Ipswich hospitals, is the short scar augmentation. This technique provides a reduced incision length and less scaring for our patients. In order to insert the implant, an inframammary incision is made under the breast. In the past, surgeons had to dissect the implant pocket and squeeze an implant through this incision, so they had to make the cut wide enough to accommodate the implant.However, Dr Sharp is able to make a smaller incision due to his use of a special sleeve to enable narrower insertion of the implant. A tool known as the ‘Keller Funnel’ (which you can watch Dr Sharp use here), allows the smaller incision to be made; the implant is passed into the chest via the funnel and in most cases, the scars are completely concealed in the fold (see images below, taken from underneath with the patient lying down). above left: six month old breast augmentation scar | above right: six month old breast augmentation scar In addition to aesthetic benefits of a shorter scar, the funnel also has safety benefits; it enables the silicone gel implant to be placed into the breast without the need for touching, and with more control by the surgeon.While Dr Sharp does everything possible to minimise every scar created by his surgery, there are certain circumstances where a short scar incision isn’t possible. This includes some removal and replacement or revision procedures.All surgery leaves scars. Sometimes patients are prone to keloid or hypertrophic scarring which can be prominent, but steps can be taken post operatively if your post op surgical team is made aware of this – using tape, dressings, topical treatments and possibly laser or fractionated needling therapy. Most patients do not require any scar intervention, but if you want to give your scars the best chance of healing well, follow these 3 steps:Read the post op instructions your surgeon has provided, and follow them closely.When your post op care team indicates the time is right, start massaging your scars daily with the gel provided by Dr Sharp in your post op care bag.Keep your tapes on and wear your clinical support garment as per your post op instructions.Don’t stretch, over-extend or place pressure on your incision lines; they are under the tension and weight of an implant, so give them support and lots of care!Read more about our approach to breast augmentation surgery in our Ultimate Breast Augmentation Guide. above: before and five months after breast augmentation surgery with Dr SharpCALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn moreHow many liposuction procedures are performed around the world each year?Liposuction is a commonly-requested procedure in our Brisbane and Ipswich clinics, with patients often pairing it with facelift, breast and abdominal surgery. Liposuction can also form part of gynaecomastia, gender confirmation and thigh lift procedures. Figures released by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons in November 2018 show that 1,573,680 breast augmentations were performed internationally in 2017.Number of liposuction procedures performed annually– Annual Global Aesthetic Survey, ISAPS 2017 This makes liposuction the second most performed procedure in the world during 2017, closely behind breast augmentation surgery which was performed 1,677,320 times. Liposuction is suitable for people who have achieved their ideal weight and just have pockets of stubborn fat that don’t respond to diet or exercise.Commonly treated areas include the abdomen, flanks, under-bra area, upper arms and double chin.CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn moreQuestion of the week: are routine MRI scans necessary after breast augmentation?How can I tell if my implant has ruptured? I had breast implants last year and was wondering if I need to get routine breast ultrasounds or MRI scans? I don’t have a family history of breast cancer. - patient Dr Sharp:Routine MRI or ultrasounds are not recommended unless you: Ehave a history of breast cancer Ehave noticed changes in your breasts such as the onset of pain, distortion or discharge Esuspect your implant/s may be ruptured Ehave experienced trauma to your chest and there are concerns that your implant/s may have been damagedSo if you don’t have a history of breast cancer (and aren’t of an age – or family history – to need routine screening yet), regular scans to check on the condition of your implants is not recommended in Australia.The specific silicone gel filled implants I use are of an extremely high quality; they are covered by a lifetime warranty for rupture. This means the manufacturers back the implant quality, and they will replace them for free if they are to rupture at any point in the future.Surgeons can also take certain steps to reduce the risk of breast implant rupture at the time of implant placement, including using a Keller funnel to place the implant with minimal impact on the implant itself. I use a funnel for this and other safety reasons when inserting implants.In the case of silicone implants, if the implant shell develops a small opening, due to its cohesive nature, the silicone gel will most likely remain inside the implant’s outer shell. If a tear develops in the outer shell, the silicone gel may leave the implant, but will usually be contained within the natural scar tissue capsule that forms a few weeks after the implant is placed.That means you might not notice an immediate difference in your breast. If you do notice a change in your breast, it might be a shape our outline/profile alteration. You might notice some persistent discomfort in the area. As silicone gel is biologically inert, it does not react with your tissues and research shows that when modern cohesive gel implants rupture, they don’t pose an immediate risk to your health.If you think you might have a rupture: EVisit your GP; they will assess your breast (and symptoms) and may refer you to have a scan. Ask for a referral to see your plastic surgeon; a referral from your GP will enable you to receive a Medicare rebate on your specialist consultation fee. EIf you aren't going back to see your original surgeon, and you don't have the implant details that were given to you at the time of your augmentation, contact your surgeon to obtain these. This will help you ascertain the type of implants (cohesive gel, saline etc) and the manufacturer's warranty provisions. Knowing your warranty provisions will help you ascertain the out of pocket costs of any potential revision surgery.Implants do not last forever; I have seen patients with first-generation implants that have been in place for over 40 years, while other patients have required replacement due to capsular contracture, rupture or migration after 8-10 years.The good news for women who wish to undergo breast augmentation with modern high quality silicone gel implants is that they are generally very safe and ruptures are rare. When they do occur, they are usually contained within the capsule and easily removed and replaced.For more information, read our checklist for caring for your breast implants , which includes: ESelf-examination EScreening when you reach the age where screening is recommend - or if you have a family history that makes you a candidate for early screening EWatching for changesHave breast implant questions? Name Email Address Message 6 + 8 = Submit Stay connectedBe the first to know about the latest advancements in plastic surgery and cosmetic medicine…Name*Email* EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
Dermal fillers and COVID vaccinationsThe arrival of COVID vaccinations has brought questions regarding their impact on non-surgical treatments such as dermal fillers and muscle relaxing injections.The Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons alongside The Australasian Society of Cosmetic Dermatologists have assessed the current vaccination options, considered all evidence and issued advice to health care professionals who perform cosmetic injectables treatments.ASAPS and ASCD has advised that the risk for muscle relaxants and energy-based devices (lasers) is low, and there is not enough supporting evidence to prompt a change in current practice.A past history of dermal fillers, or dermal filler still currently present within the face, is not contraindicated to the vaccination.What if I am experiencing side effects from the vaccination on the day my treatment is scheduled?It is recommended that treatment is deferred if the patient is currently recovering from or experiencing side effects from the vaccine. Do I need to leave a gap between fillers and vaccinations?It has been recommended that dermal filler treatments are performed two weeks prior to vaccination or least two weeks after a vaccination, to avoid any adverse reactions occurring at the time when your filler is settling in. This also means that the side effects of the filler treatment or the vaccination cannot be mistaken for one another. If you have further questions regarding booking in for dermal filler treatment and have recently been or are going to soon be vaccinated, contact our practice to book a complimentary consultation with one of our injectors by calling 3202 4744.
What are post operative ‘dog ears’?What is a dog ear?An excess ‘pucker’ of skin and fatty tissue at the end of an incision line. They are more common in procedures that involve the removal of a large amount of skin, fat or tissue, for example abdominoplasty, brachioplasty, breast reduction or bilateral subcutaneous mastectomy. Pockets of swelling along the incision line are sometimes mistaken for dog ears during the first few weeks or months of surgery.Dog ears are more likely to occur at the end of an incision line if a patient has residual fat, or loose skin, in the adjacent area. An example of this can sometimes be seen following abdominoplasty, especially if the patient has experienced significant weight loss. Where the tummy tuck incision stops at the hips, patients sometimes have residual skin or fat. This fat can be reduced using liposuction and the skin can be excised using an extended or belt lipectomy at the same time as the abdominoplasty, but often patients do not want the additional cost or scarring associated with these additional abdominoplasty extensions. Where the tight, excised part of the stomach meets the lose skin or fat on the hips or flanks, the end of the incision can pucker. The chances of having a dog ear are much lower if a patient has always had a stable and healthy weight, and only has skin (not much fat) to be removed. Do dog ears go away on their own?In most cases, irregularities along the scar line are less visible once superficial swelling has subsided, in the 3-6 months after surgery. But in some cases, dog ears remain after the swelling has dissipated. How are dog ears removed?If dog ears persist after your swelling has subsided, they can usually be excised under local anaesthetic in our clinic.The procedure takes about 20-30 minutes. The area is completely numbed by a local anaesthetic injection. You will revisit the clinic a week later for the incision to be checked and tape changed. Dog ears: things to consider As with all surgical procedures, it’s imporant to have realistic expectations about your results, based on how your body looked before surgery. If your skin has been very stretched in the area you are having your procedure, dog ears are more likely to occur. Also, if you want a standard incision length for your arm lift, abdominoplasty etc – but still have residual fat and loose skin in the area where your incisions will end, you are more likely to have a dog ear.While dog ears can be relatively easily excised after your swelling has gone down, it’s important to consider how you might feel about having a minor procedure after your primary surgery, and the additional recovery time required.
Does lymphatic drainage help after plastic surgery?Many of our patients have very large procedures, and after these they can experience of build up of fluid in or around the operative area. This fluid is the body’s normal response to trauma and is to be expected after any surgery.While the body (with the help of small drain tubes, for some procedures) usually eliminates the fluid during the first few weeks or months after surgery, most people will experience some residual swelling after procedures such as abdominoplasty, facelift, breast reduction, brachioplasty and breast augmentation. Some patients are prone to more swelling, or can experience delayed swelling after returning to work or physical activity.If persistent or recurrent swelling is troubling you, lymphatic drainage massage can help in the months following surgery. Anecdotally, we find that patients who undergo procedures such as abdominoplasty, liposuction or brachioplasty and proactively treat their oedema, can shorten their recovery time.Kangaroo Point based therapist Kaori Langley (pictured) specialises in lymphatic drainage and says it is “excellent for quicker and smoother recovery from injuries and surgeries”.Ms Langley explains that through the pumping and stretching effect on the lymph vessels, lymphatic drainage “stimulates the contraction of smooth muscles in lymph vessels, helping to move the lymph forward and drain the connective tissue”. She also notes that the therapy is calming and relaxing to receive, and patients often feel a sense of wellbeing after treatment. When can I start lymphatic drainage after surgery?If your lymphatic drainage is being performed by a qualified therapist with experience in post operative oedema, you can start gentle lymphatic massage in the areas adjacent to your procedure in the second week after surgery. Lymphatic drainage should not be performed on or directly adjacent to scars until at least 6 weeks after surgery.Is it essential for me to have lymphatic drainage after massage?No, but it is an option you might wish to consider after surgery. The vast majority of patients find their swelling reduces on its own without intervention, through a healthy lifestyle/diet and following their post operative instructions closely, which includes limiting activity and diligent use of compression garments. In the hands of an experienced and qualified therapist, however, lymphatic drainage can only be a positive contribution to your healing, and we are supportive of patients pursuing this therapy to support their recovery.How do I know if the amount of swelling I have is normal or needs intervention?Normally, post operative swelling will be at its ‘peak’ during the first 3-10 days after surgery, and slowly dissipates in the months following surgery with the wearing of compression garments and adherence to post operative instructions. Some parts of the body, such as the face and nose, produce swelling so intense that it can persist for up to one year. Your post operative care nurse will examine your swelling at your first post op consult and will flag any usual swelling (which is why it is so important not to skip this appointment). You are also welcome to reach out to us with any swelling questions between your scheduled post op visits; these queries do not need to wait until your next appointment if you have concerns.Just as we all bruise and scar differently, swelling is also unique to each patient. Some are more prone to swelling than others. It is misleading to compare your swelling to friends or family who have had the same surgery.It is not normal to experience a sudden increase in swelling, weeks after surgery. This usually indicates too much physical activity, or injury to the operative area. In the event that this occurs, we ask patients to please contact the clinic so we can assess the swelling.
What do plastic surgery scars look like?What do plastic surgery scars look like?All surgical procedures will result in some form of visible scarring. In the early months post operatively most scars may appear red, raised or irritated. Fortunately, most scars will improve and fade in the 24 months following your surgery. However they will never be invisible.The following scars are shown when scarring is at its worst – between 6 weeks and 12 months after surgery. Scroll down to view the important factors that determine what your scars look like after surgery. Some of these factors can be controlled, while others cannot.Breast augmentationBreast augmentation scars run horizontally under the breast and are usually 2-4 cm in length. The first two images below show breast augmentation scars (with the patients’ arms raised – when arms are down, this usually sits in the crease of the breast). The first image shows mature scars (ie 2 years old) and the image on the right shows the scar at 6-12 weeks, when it is darker, and more prominent but still well hidden under the breast (final image). AbdominoplastyA standard abdominoplasty scar runs from hip to hip. There is also a scar around the umbilicus where the belly button is moved and attached to its new position. Abdominoplasty scars are very long, and can be straight, irregular and everything in between. How other people’s abdominoplasty scars look does not indicate how yours will look, as discussed further on, there are many individual factors that determine how you scar. The best way to optimise abdominoplasty scarring is to follow post op instructions; no stretching or pulling on the scar and daily massage.The image on the left shows abdominoplasty scarring at its most prominent, early stage, around the 3 month post op mark. The image on the right shows the same patient 2 years after surgery. This is why surgeons ask patients to please be patient and wait for the scar to fully mature before judging a scar’s ‘final’ result. Breast reduction or liftBreast reduction or mastopexy scars run around the nipple, vertically down the lower pole of the breast and horizontally under the breast. When a breast augmentation and mastopexy is performed at the same time, due to the pressure and weight of the implant behind the incision lines, scaring can be wider, thicker and more visible in the first 2 years after surgery than a breast lift alone. This usually improves with time, patience and good scar care.The images below show breast lift and augmentation scar development at different stages of maturity. Where the umbilicus is also shown in the image, the patient has had an abdominoplasty/tummy tuck as well, so their belly button scarring can also be seen in these images. What impacts your scarring?Many factors play a role in the healing process and how well a scar matures. These can include: EGenetic predisposition (eg keloid) ESkin tone/type EPhysical activity and movement after surgery ELifestyle factors EHealth related issues EType of surgery EType of sutures EWhere the incision lines were placed and your own natural healing capacity EWhether you experience any infection or wound interruptionLooking at other patients’ scars is not a good way of gauging how your own incisions will look when they fully ‘mature’. Your body will heal differently, and your skin type will be different, as will be your genetic predisposition to healing. Every patient heals differently, however the majority of patients have little to no issues with their scars improving over time, with some basic care principles and patience.When do I use silicone tape?Surgical incisions on the face are generally not taped, but on the breasts and body you will usually have breathable tape dressings, which will stay on for 3 weeks.From 3 weeks onwards, Dr David Sharp recommends changing over to silicone tape for another 3 months. Silicone tape is a topical scar treatment that supports your incision line while delivering a supply of silicone to the scar, improving its appearance over time. The tape can be applied by you at home, and consist of thin skin coloured sheets of silicone. They are usually changed over weekly. Patients are able to shower and participate in normal activities while wearing the tape.If you have any broken areas of skin, wound breakdown or scabs, don’t place the silicone tape over these areas. Sometimes patients can develop a local reaction to silicone tape. Please exercise your discretion – if you develop a rash or irritation, cease use, consult your pharmacist about analgesia or antihistamines and allow the area to settle down over the following 48 hours before contacting us if the itching or rash doesn’t subside. Thereafter, try using silicone gel daily instead of tape.What post operative scar optimisation options do we offer in our clinics? ESilicone tape ESilicone gel EFraxel laser EPRP (platelet rich plasma) ELED EDermapen microneedling ECompounded scar gel (provided on prescription) EOur post op instructions specify Dr Sharp’s recommendations regarding daily massage of scars at the right time in the healing process.While we offer these scar optimisers, they are optional. We find most scars heal very well on their own 0 and to patients’ satisfaction – without requiring more than daily silicone gel massage or tape.Internal scarsInternal scars occur with every procedure – wherever tissue is cut, a scar forms to heal the area.Sometimes, internal scars will thicken or even tether. This is usually most pronounced in the two years following surgery. This is especially so if you have had multiple surgeries in one area. Daily massage is recommended, but if your scars are painful or inhibiting movement, we can also refer you to scar care specialists who can provide targeted scar therapies. Talk to us if you would like a referral. This is especially so, if you have had multiple surgeries in the same area.
Why does BMI matter when having plastic surgery?Talking about weight in a clinical setting of surgical suitability can be very difficult for some patients, and we understand body weight can be a sensitive matter. Dr Sharp wants to ensure the best possible outcome for each of his patients, and their safety is front of mind in all of his decisions.We advise patients of our BMI requirement when they book in their consultation, and while most understand the clinical reasons behind this, some find it very confronting and the cause of anger and disappointment. If you are struggling with your weight and considering plastic surgery, it can be helpful to prepare for the potentially emotional aspects of having your BMI discussed during this process.This page explains the medical reasons why plastic surgeons have BMI requirements for elective or cosmetic procedures; is it not designed to provide medical advice – or cover all reasons why someone might not be a suitable candidate for surgery.How to determine your BMIWe recommend using The Heart Foundation’s BMI calculator.BMI Classifications:Less than 18.5: Underweight 18.5–24.9: Healthy weight 25–29.9: Overweight 30 and over: Obese Why use BMI as a decision making tool?Although BMI is not a perfect measure, it is generally agreed to be the most useful and valid for adults. Its use is recommended by the World Health Organisation and in the Clinical Practice Guidelines for the Management of Overweight and Obesity in Adults, Adolescents and Children in Australia.How does obesity impact surgical safety and outcomes?A healthy weight will improve your suitability for the procedure, increase the procedure’s overall safety and help you achieve the best possible aesthetic result. Studies show that in addition to an increased risk of anaesthetic complications, having a high BMI gives patients a greater risk of post operative complications and poor outcomes following surgery, such as: EWound infection EDelayed recovery ESeroma EHaematoma EPoor wound healing, tissue necrosis and scar complications ESuboptimal aesthetic resultsShould I wait until my BMI is under 30 before consulting Dr Sharp?Yes, to get the most out of the time and money you invest in your consult, we recommend that you see Dr Sharp when you have reached the weight you intend to be at the time of your surgery. This enables him to accurately advise and quote you, based upon your body as it will be at the time of surgery. Weight loss can change your surgical plan and applicable MBS item numbers (which can also impact your quote), so we suggest attaining your ideal weight before consulting a plastic surgeon, so you do’t have to go though the process – and expense – of doing it all over again, once you’ve reached your ideal weight.What if other measurement tools indicate I am in a healthy range?Please let us know. There are other weight and health measurement tools available, such as waist-to-height ratio, body adiposity index and body fat measurement. If your BMI is over 30 but you have undergone any of these tests – and they determine that you are in are in a healthy range – please advise us of this, as it is possible that you might meet the criteria for elective surgery.What should I do if I want to lose weight in order to have surgery?We recommend speaking to your General Practitioner, an Accredited Practising Dietitian or a trusted health practitioner; lots of options and support exist, from dietary and lifestyle changes through to bariatric surgery. We also recommend the LifeShape Clinic.Are surgeons allowed to have BMI requirements?Yes, all surgeons are expected to utilise best practice when determining their criteria for surgical candidate selection – as well as the knowledge and experience they have accumulated over years of performing surgery. Your surgeon should use clear and respectful terminology when explaining their BMI requirements.Does Dr Sharp have any other health criteria for surgery?Yes, the list of what places a patient at a higher risk of adverse outcomes during or following surgery is very long and includes (but is not limited to): smoking, certain medications and underlying health problems, alcohol or drug abuse, body dysmorphia and other mental health or addiction issues. These and other factors are included in the surgeon’s decision making process with each individual patient.Learn more about having plastic surgery on our Frequently Asked Questions page.Ready to book your initial consult?Call our friendly patient support team on 3202 4744 or email info@drdavidsharp.com.au – we’d love to assist!
How to apply topical antibiotic ointment after plastic surgeryIf you’re having facelift, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty or facial lesion surgery, you will take home a topical antibiotic ointment after your procedure. This ointment helps to reduce the risk of wound infections and promotes healthy skin healing following plastic surgery.Apply the ointment 2-3 times a day, using a clean finger or cotton tip. Generally, patients having surgery on their breasts or body are not required to use the ointment, nor are patients who have tapes over their incision lines following surgery.If you have any questions about applying your ointment, refer to your post op instructions or contact your post op nurse on 3202 4744.
What is a non surgical facelift?‘Nonsurgical facelift’ or ‘liquid facelift’ are (slightly misleading) terms for a diverse group of procedures used by cosmetic injectors, to improve facial rejuvenation without the use of operative techniques.A facelift is an aesthetic surgical procedure that removes excess facial skin and usually also involves some degree of lifting internal facial tissues. Modern facelifts reposition mid and lower face fat pads and tighten the skin in the mid face, lower face and upper neck. It does not, however revolumise, reduce static lines, improve skin texture or hydration, as fillers and muscle relaxing injections can.The advent of facial fillers – and more recently, their strategic use across the face to provide support, replace lost fat pads and mimic bone structure, has given rise to the concept of the ‘liquid’ or ‘non surgical’ facelift.According to recent research published in Facial Plastic Surgery, patients request non surgical facial rejuvenation injections as they involve less recovery time and generally lower risk than a facelift, “however, nonsurgical techniques, to be effective, must induce conformational change in the cells and tissues of the face”.“Therefore, these techniques are significant procedures that have associated risks. Understanding the tissue modifications and mechanisms of action of these techniques is vital to their safe and effective use.”Facelifts and injectables both rejuvenate the face, but they act in different ways. Dr Sharp takes a holistic approach to facial rejuvenation, which usually involves excising excess skin and tightening underlying facial structures (which injectables can’t do) and replacing lost facial volume and relaxing overactive facial muscles that cause deep lines and wrinkles (which facelift surgery can’t do). ResourcesTissue Modification in Nonsurgical Facelift Options Lucas M. Harrison, Ryan Shapiro, R Michael Johnson https://www.thieme-connect.com/products/ejournals/abstract/10.1055/s-0040-1721115Want to know more about facelift surgery or dermal fillers? Call 3202 4744 to speak with our helpful patient care team.
New research shows benefits of PRPAccording to research published in the January issue of the Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Journal, “PRP has emerged as one of the most desired nonsurgical treatments” for a range of different cosmetic procedures and facial rejuvenation.The American Society of Plastic Surgeons has tracked the procedure since 2015 and reports a 25 percent increase in cosmetic PRP use in the last four years.How does PRP work?Platelet rich plasma (PRP) treatment involves extracting a small amount of a patient’s own blood and separating the platelets, which are rich in growth factors. In the Sharp Clinic, separation occurs through the latest centrifuge technology, spinning the patient’s blood into separate components. Once the red blood cells are removed, the liquid component of blood (plasma) remains. The plasma is rich in platelets, which play a critical role in blood clotting. When tissue damage occurs, platelets rush to the area, initiating a series of events to halt bleeding and begin the wound healing process. Platelets have been shown to release over 30 growth factors and other biologically active proteins, instigating new blood vessel formation and new tissue development.“Treatments using PRP show great promise for harnessing the body’s own natural tissue repair processes to help our patients achieve improved form and function,” lead author Edward Chamata said.This cocktail of natural growth factors likely explains the wide range of therapeutic benefits reported with PRP.Skin rejuvenation and PRPPRP can be injected via a needle or cannula, under the skin superficially, to improve skin texture, colour and reduce wrinkles. It is also commonly delivered into the skin via nonsurgical microneedling. In The Sharp Clinics, we use Dermapen microneedling to deliver PRP in this method.Current evidence suggests microneedling can improve collagen production, skin condition and rejuvenation.Microneedling – in conjunction with PRP – has also emerged for treatment of atrophic acne scars and skin pigmentation. Multiple sessions are usually required to maintain and achieve results.To book your PRP consultation please call 3202 4744.
2020 Before and After Highlights Video: plastic and cosmetic surgery results Thank you to the wonderful patients who chose us to be part of their self-care, during the unique year that 2020 turned out to be!This video showcases a small selection of the results achieved by our patients during the year. Researching plastic surgery can be both exciting and daunting, so thank you to the patients who kindly permit us to share their images, to help educate those who are just starting their surgical journeys.From breast augmentation surgery, facelift, abdominoplasty and mummy makeover procedures – through to injectables and skin treatments, our team takes immense pride in every improvement achieved for our lovely patients.View more before and after photos on our respective treatment pages, or call 3202 4744 to book a consultation.Whether you are looking for a small, subtle adjustment or a total transformation, we look forward to working with our patients to provide more exciting results in 2021!Content warning: video shows surgical results, scars, bare skin and real bodies of all shapes and ages Results will vary. Seek the opinion of a qualified plastic surgeon before undergoing surgery.
Why do we offer free Fraxel laser resurfacing to all of our facelift patients in our Brisbane and Ipswich Clinics?All of Dr Sharp’s facelift patients receive a complimentary Fraxel non ablative laser resurfacing treatment, included as part of their facelift procedure. This is because Facelift surgery does a great job of removing excess skin and lifting the underlying facial structure, but it does not improve skin quality in the way that only a laser resurfacing treatment can! We offer our facelift patients Fraxel resurfacing to reduce pigmentation, stimulate collagen production and optimise postoperative scarring, for a truly holistic result – both above and below the skin.How does Fraxel improve pigmentation?Sun exposure, hormones and pregnancy can leave us with unwanted pigmentation, especially in Queensland, where our skin experiences high UV exposure. Pigmentation occurs when the body overproduces melanin, causing dark spots on the face and body. Fraxel laser resurfacing helps to lift off the pigmentation and age spots that can give the skin a prematurely aged appearance. Deep pigmentation can require multiple treatments, and if this is the case, we usually start with the complimentary full face Fraxel laser after facelift surgery initially, and then perform some small, spot-treatments on the pigmented areas about 12 weeks later, for any stubborn pigmentation.How does Fraxel laser improve post operative scarring?Scars take about 24 months in total to reach full maturity, and scars will always be visible – but an early and proactive approach to your scar healing can significantly reduce the scar’s appearance and accelerate the maturation process. Fraxel is a powerful tool in the remodelling of scarring; when performed in the early scar healing period, it optimises the way in which the body lays down collagen in the scar itself, helping to make the scar smoother, lighter and less visible. Wherever possible, Dr Sharp places his facelift scars in the best position to be concealed by the natural ear fold or hairline. Fraxel can be especially beneficial for patients who like to wear their hair up – or those with thin hair, who are concerned about the visibility of facelift scarring around their ears and the hairline.How does Fraxel reduce fine lines and wrinkles?Facelift surgery will help to smooth out and tighten your skin in a way that no laser can – but you will still have fine lines and wrinkles on your face afterwards. That’s where Fraxel comes in, removing the upper layer of skin using strategic micro laser beams to lift off the skin’s surface and stimulating collagen and elastic production, which helps to reduce the visibility of fine lines and wrinkles. As our skin continues to age, and the Queensland sun accelerates our skin ageing due to solar damage, maintenance treatments every 1-2 years are recommended, so you continue to see results long into the future.
What is The Total Face Approach to Facial Rejuvenation using Cosmetic Injections?We are always amazed by the results that can be achieved with good skin care, medical grade skin therapies and strategically placed injectables.This patient had facial rejuvenation injections with Nurse Deborah, using dermal fillers and muscle relaxants, to restore volume, enhance facial structure and add hydration from the inside outDuring multiple visits across a 12 month period, the patient had: K1 full face Fraxel resurfacing treatment Kdermal filler to enhance bone structure, replace lost facial volume and rehydrate lips Kmuscle relaxing injections in the upper face and chin - we aim for refreshed, not frozen How long does it last? Maintaining cosmetic injectables resultsTo retain results, we recommend maintenance muscle relaxing injections every 3-5 months.Dermal filler can last anywhere from 10 months up to several years, depending on the type of filler, area of the face and patient’s own metabolism.Synergie SkincareOur skin therapist Diane also prescribed a Synergie Skin routine for this patient to strengthen and refine her skin at home.Costs of full face injectable treatmentsEach treatment is customised, and results will vary from patient to patient. A complimentary consultation and facial assessment is required to determine if the treatment is right for you. Quotes are provided following consultation.Thank you to our beautiful patient for sharing her results, so others can learn about treatment options. We note the ‘before’ photo was taken in our previous clinic, with a different lighting setup, before her treatments began.To book, please call 3202 4744 .
The Benefits of Silicone Tape for Post Operative ScaringAll surgical procedures will result in some form of visible scarring. In the early months post operatively most scars may appear red or irritated. Fortunately most scars will fade in the 24 months following your surgery, however they will never be invisible.Many factors play a role in the healing process and how well a scar matures. These can include genetics, skin tone, lifestyle factors, health related issues, the type of surgery you had, where the incision lines were placed and your own natural healing capacity. Every patient heals differently, however the majority of patients have little to no issues with their scars improving over time, with some basic care principles and patience.Scars take about 2 years to fully mature. In addition to taping and daily scar massage, modern scar optimisation treatments include skin needling, Fraxel laser treatments and LED light therapies. These support the healing of your scar and promote healthy collagen and elastin production.Surgical incisions on the face are generally not taped, but on the breasts and body you will usually have breathable tape dressings, which will stay on for 3 weeks. From 3 weeks onwards, Dr David Sharp recommends changing over to silicone tape for another 3 months. Silicone tape is a topical scar treatment that supports your incision line while delivering a supply of silicone to the scar, improving its appearance over time. The tape can be applied by you at home, and consist of thin skin coloured sheets of silicone. They are usually changed over weekly. Patients are able to shower and participate in normal activities while wearing the tape.Silicone Tape will help your scar heal by:Improving hydration in the surface of the skin/scarEncourage the production of fibroblasts, which are cells that promote connective tissue formation, and repair collagen in the area of the incision, to ensure a softer or flatter scar.Protect incision line from bacteria, which will prevent infection.Minimising redness, itching, bumps or pain as the scar healsSilicone tape can be used on all areas of the body provided the area has healed adequately and you have been advised it is okay to proceed with applying the tape to the surgical site. These tapes can also be used on both new and old scars.
Factors that affect surgical outcomesWhen talking about ‘results’ in plastic surgery, we consider both functional and aesthetic outcomes. For example, in the case of breast reduction, ‘functional’ outcomes might include less back pain, whereas aesthetic results might relate to proportion, symmetry and ‘perkiness’.Not all plastic surgery procedures offer both functional and aesthetic improvements, for example, sometimes rhinoplasty surgery might make a nose look more proportionate, but this might mean the passageway is narrower when breathing. Or augmented breasts might be perceived as aesthetically more beautiful, but functionally might be left with some sensation loss in areas. These are all important things to weigh up before booking surgery.Although plastic surgery involves effective and rewarding procedures, whereby the benefits significantly outweigh the risks – like every area of surgery, it is not an exact science. The extent of surgical success can be impacted by how each individual’s body responds to surgery and recovery. Although good results are expected, there is no guarantee of a specific outcome, and in some situations, it may not be possible to achieve the desired result with a single surgical procedure; in this case, revision surgery may be necessary.This information is not shared to scare or deter patients, but they are vital considerations. Dr Sharp and his team will share a list of risks associated with your surgery; you will be asked to sign consent forms confirming that you fully understand the procedure and any risks or potential complications. It is normal to feel a mixture of nerves and excitement; do not hesitate to ask questions or share these feelings or concerns with Dr Sharp or his team.The following factors play the biggest role in your surgical outcome:• your overall physical and mental health• being in healthy or overweight BMI range (ie under 30 points)• being well informed and having realistic expectations preoperatively • disclosing previous surgery, allergies, medications/supplements and pre existing health conditions prior to your surgeryPrior to surgery, your surgeon might request:• Blood tests or xrays• Medical evaluation by a specialist• Psychological evaluation to ensure suitability for surgery• Adjustment in current medications• Cessation of smoking at least 6 weeks preoperatively• Weight loss before surgery can optimally proceed• Adjustments to your exercise schedule or workload to ensure safe recovery Weight and surgeryStudies show that obese patients suffer from a significantly higher incidence of perioperative complications than normal or overweight patients.What is BMI?BMI stands for ‘body mass index’. It takes your weight and divides it by the square of your height in meters.BMI is a helpful indictor, but it is not always a perfect assessment as it does not take into account muscle weight for extremely muscular people; so if you have recently used a different body fat percentage tool, please share this with your surgeon so they can use this instead when determining suitability for surgery.What’s the difference between being obese and being overweight when having surgery?Whether you are overweight or obese depends on your BMI -nor body fat percentage. Generally, a person between 25 – 30% body fat is considered overweight. Someone with a BMI greater than 30 is considered obese.Most studies have shown increased perioperative complications in patient with BMI over 30. These include:• increased anaesthetic risks and operating time• increase in technical difficulties of surgery• compromised healing response, necrosis and breakdown of surgical wounds• longer hospital stays and increased likelihood of readmission to hospital due to complications • increase rate of infection and prolonged wound healing• suboptimal aesthetic outcomeThe complications associated with obesity can be overcome with weight reduction prior to surgery. During your pre consultation booking process, we will request your BMI. If your BMI is in the obese category we recommend postponing your appointment with Dr Sharp until such time as it is under 30; this means Dr Sharp can perform an accurate assessment of your ‘preoperative’ body habitus; and provide appropriate clinical recommendations, surgical plan and quote.If you have trouble losing weight, we recommend speaking to your GP for advice. They might recommend seeing a bariatric surgeon or a nutritionist, dietician, food therapist/psychologist or medically supervised weightloss clinic such as LifeShape.Once you have reached your target weight, Dr Sharp suggests maintaining a stable weight for a few months before considering plastic surgery. Weight gain after aesthetic procedures will often result in unsatisfactory results. Subsequent weight loss can also affect your cosmetic outcome.Smoking and surgerySmoking is also another important factor that can affect your surgical outcome. Smoking impacts your body’s ability to heal, impairing white blood cell function and causing constriction of blood vessels, reduced oxygenation of tissues and compromised healing.In addition to its impact on aesthetic outcomes, smoking also brings a higher incidence of infection and lung problems after general anaesthesia – so quitting prior to surgery is an important overall safety measure as well. Smokers need to stop smoking for a minimum of six weeks before surgery, and must continue to abstain from smoking for two months post op. A surgeon can request testing on the day of surgery to determine the level of smoking-related toxins in the body. If healing complications occur, revisional surgery can be costly – and permanently impact your results.Nutrition and surgeryGood nutrition is integral to a healthy recovery. From wound healing through to inflammation reduction, so much of your recovery can be assisted by a healthy, balanced diet consisting of whole foods. Investing in the advice of a nutritionist preoperatively can help you pack your cupboard and fridge with the right food and supplements for your body, ready for your recovery. We can’t emphasise the benefits of avoiding processed food enough during your healing period.Read consent forms and ask questionsPrior to your surgery, you will be given consent forms containing important considerations associated with your procedure. It is important not to skip over these, in the excitement of preoperative preparations. We share these risks and complications because they are real, and they do happen from time to time, even when best practices are followed. Patients who undertake elective plastic surgery must accept these risks before signing their consent forms. It’s important to consider how you would feel if a complication occurred; how it might impact your mental health, finances, fitness, relationships and job.The decision to have cosmetic or plastic surgery is extremely personal and you’ll have to decide if the benefits will achieve your goals and if the risks and potential complications are acceptable.Most of the risks are very uncommon, but some patients may be at higher risk for specific complications due to pre existing health issues, natural anatomy or medications.In our experience, patients who spent time considering these possibilities prior to surgery tend to have better outcomes. Perhaps this is because they have more reasonable expectations or because they are also more inclined to follow post operative instructions closely.Follow post operative instructionsIt is very important to follow all information given to you by Dr Sharp or your clinic nurse, including pre and post operative instructions. These instructions are provided because they help produce the best possible outcomes after surgery. Not following them may result in avoidable risks to your health, recovery and surgical outcome.The power of positive mental wellbeingThe mind-body connection has long been acknowledged by science, with research showing that anxiety, depression and high stress levels negatively impact on post operative healing.If you have recently experienced these, please speak to your GP, psychologist/psychiatrist and plastic surgeon about whether elective plastic surgery is suitable for you right now.Anecdotally, of the hundreds of patients we see each year, those that have a positive mindset and anxiety levels tend to have healthier recoveries and better outcomes. Research also suggests that the positive or negative mindset of your post operative support person can impact pain and discomfort levels.If you develop anxiety or depression symptoms after surgery, we recommend promptly seeking the advice of your GP or psychologist to support your optimal recovery.Don’t rush back to the gymOverdoing it too early is one of the most common reasons why people have complications in the two to twelve weeks following surgery.You might feel ready to return to lifting shopping bags or trying the rowing machine at the gym a month after your breast augmentation, but your muscles, ligaments, suture line and implant pocket isn’t! When complications arise at this stage of healing it is usually evident that post operative instructions aren’t being followed.Regularly review your post op instructions during your recovery period so you know what to expect, and when to recommence certain activities.At any stage after surgery, if your body responds to activity with pain, swelling or shape change in your operative area, cease the activity and get in touch with the clinic. Your body might require longer time frames than usual before returning to certain activities.If you rely upon physical activity to maintain your mental health – or for your job – it’s important to consider the impact that this extended ‘downtime’ might have.Learn more about having plastic surgery on our Frequently Asked Questions page.Ready to book your initial consult?Call our friendly patient support team on 3202 4744 or email info@drdavidsharp.com.au – we’d love to assist!
Food and Supplements that Post Operatively Promote Internal Healing and Optimal Gut HealthAfter any kind of surgery, the best thing we can do for our recovery is to give our body a chance to focus on healing the treated areas; restoring tissue, building new collagen and elastin and keeping the areas free of infection, strain or inflammation. It is important to keep dressings, incision lines and drain sites clean, dry and free of makeup. It’s understandable to think that this is the only after-care instruction to consider, however we also encourage patients to be aware of what they are doing internally to consciously promote optimal healing and scar formation.Good nutrition post operativelyFoods rich in vitamins and minerals will help your body heal and support your immunity after surgery. They encourage cell turnover and fight free radicals. Anti-inflammatory foods will assist with calming inflammation and swelling. Fibre rich foods will keep bowel movements regular – this is an important aspect of your health post operatively due to the constipating effects of some pain killers.General anaesthetic, antibiotics and strong pain relief can upset the stomach in more ways than one, so it is important to eat whole, natural foods that our body can easily digest.Water is the best possible thing you can drink after surgery, followed by herbal teas. Staying well hydrated will help your blood pressure stable and replenish lost fluids. A wonderful way to increase your water intake if you struggle to drink plain water is to add fruits and citrus to the bottle; not only does this infuse vitamins and minerals into the water, it also offers some taste for those who struggle to keep up their fluid intake.Food and drinks to avoid post operatively, particularly in the first few weeks of healing are alcohol, fast foods and anything with excessive sugar – including soft drink and cordial. Each one of these items encourage inflammation in the body the moment they are digested. Eating and drinking these will not benefit your healing process.Supplements for post operative healing:We stock a range of supplements in our clinic that are boosters to your post- operative diet. Three of our favourites are:Quercetin by BioCeuticals: this powerhouse supplement reduces inflammation, lowers blood pressure and regulate blood sugars. It is also beneficial for fighting free radicals within the body.Opti3 Vegan Omegas: omegas have been shown to reduce inflammation and infections as well as improving wound healing.UB 75 by BioCeuticals: antibiotics can destabilise your gut lining, which is why we recommend this multi-strain probiotic. Much of your immune system hinges upon what occurs in your gut; plus, a happy tummy makes the healing process much more comfortable!Our favourite fibre rich and anti-Inflammatory foods for post op healing include EBroccoli, carrots, beetroot, spinach EPear, apple, strawberries, banana EGinger, turmeric, olive oil EBrown Rice, Rye Bread, Whole Grain Bread (in small amounts), oats and brazil nutsOrganic is best as it avoids burdening your body with chemicals while it is trying to recover, but if you can’t get your hands on fresh organic produce, any of the above will be better than a fast food or microwave dinner diet, post operatively.It’s important to discuss post op nutrition with your doctor, naturopath or nutritionist as major diet changes or supplements can interfere with other medications, treatments and supplements – or trigger intolerances and allergies.Ultimatley, improving your diet and nutrition post operatively can instigate healthy habits that extend beyond the early recovery phase, bringing helpful long terms changes to your lifestyle, energy levels and weight stability.
Will I Still Have Stomach Creases or Rolls after Abdominoplasty Surgery?Yes, you will when relaxed, slouching, not sitting up straight or bending over. Everyone, irrespective of how flat their stomach is when standing up, has this!Even the slimmest of people with flat stomachs and strong abdominal walls have a crease or fold when they bend at the waist. Younger skin has more elasticity and holds its form more – while skin of people over the age of 30 (when collagen and elastin depletes) or who have had their skin stretched and thinned through pregnancy or weight loss – will find the skin creases, crinkles or folds more easily when they aren’t standing or sitting upright.How big the crease or roll of skin is, will therefore depend upon your skin quality, age, previous pregnancies or fat deposits in the area.When performing abdominoplasty surgery, your surgeon will tighten your abdominal area internally, but they will also remove enough excess skin so that your stomach looks smoother – but not so much that your incision line can’t be sutured back together, or so tightly that it allows no bending, exercise or movement!It’s important to remember that abdominoplasty is primarily an excess skin reduction – not fat removal – procedure. Significant fat reduction is only possible through intraoperative liposuction – or through strategic healthy eating and exercise preoperatively.Your plastic surgeon will want to achieve your desired result, but can only do so if it is realistic.Before any surgery, it’s important to reflect upon your expectations and assess if they are reasonable. If you think that you will be distressed by having a roll of skin or fat on your stomach – when you bend over or slouch – you will need to reassess your expectations and consider whether abdominoplasty surgery is right for you.Abdominoplasty results will vary depending on a number of factors, including but not limited to: Kyour preoperative weight Kthe number of pregnancies and size Kprevious massive weight gain or loss Kabdominal muscle tone Kskin quality/skin condition Kadherence to optimal post operative recovery practices Kpost operative weight gain or lifestyle changes
Finding the right exfoliation for your skin type: why it mattersThere is something satisfying about exfoliating; I look forward to it, and I certainly notice if I don’t do it! My pores start to feel blocked and congested, and my skin starts to look dull when it’s overdue for a good exfoliation.My patients often ask me if exfoliation is right for their skin, and my answer is that anyone who cares about preventing premature ageing, maintaining a clear complexion and supporting skin. health needs to do it! But everyone’s skin is different, and your skin type will determine which exfoliation technique will suit you best. That’s why so many people have bad experiences with over the counter exfoliants or cookie-cutter treatments; they haven’t been chosen specifically for their skin type.Our dead skin cells are turning over every 27-30 days. Those who have an oily skin have a faster cell turn over, which can be every 15-20 days! And lastly as we age, our skin cells turn over a lot slower, meaning it can take as long as 60-90 days to turn over. Taking this all into consideration, you can understand why you would treat skins differently.So before you get excited and reach for that apricot scrub, Let me talk to you about how much we need to exfoliate, and what exfoliator is best for your skin?There are two types of ways to exfoliate- with a physical exfoliant, or with a chemical exfoliant. I have always been a fan of both and like to alternate to get the best results.Most skins are generally fine with both, with the exception being if you had an extremely sensitive skin, or had any underlying health condition that thins the skin or where it breaks/bruises easily, an acne prone skin that has inflamed angry pustules, or if you had a skin that lots of visible capillaries. Using an exfoliant, especially a physical one could really aggravate it. Be very cautious as always check with your skin clinician.AExfoliation for sensitive skin typesTry and avoid harsh exfoliants all together (especially apricot scrub!), and no chemical based exfoliants. Instead I would opt for: Synergie Luciderm (above). This is 100% acid-free and uses natural enzymes to break down dry rough skin on even the most sensitive skins. Safe enough to use once a day under moisturisers and fine to be used with Synergie Vitamin A & B serums.AExfoliation for oily skin typesSome people with an oily skin feel that scrubbing their face everyday with a physical scrub makes their skin feel ‘clean’ but I can assure you, all this is doing is over stimulating their cells and they will in turn be producing MORE oil! I would stick to a physical exfoliant like MediScrub 2-3 times a week max. If you are also finding you constantly get loads of congestion that never shifts and that leads to breakouts, I would mix it up and use a chemical serum exfoliant like Reveal which is an 13% AHA and 2% BHA combination that really helps to clean out the pores, resulting in smoother fresher skin. Use this 3 times a week, or daily until skin is clear.AExfoliation for mature or dry skin typesAs a mature skin has a slower cell turnover, I would alternate and use the MediScrub once a week, and the Reveal 2 or 3 times a week, depending on the tolerance levels of the skin.Consults now available in clinic or via video - or order your Synergie products by calling 3202 4744!Is your lifestyle bringing out the best in your skin? Book a 20 minute complimentary skin assessment or video consultation to learn more about the right products for your skin! We believe that looking your best begins with feeling your best on the inside – and any skincare regime must be complimented by optimal nutrition.
Three things you can do to protect your skin during a cold snapA wintery chill is expected to hit Queensland this weekend, and for many of us it will bring unwelcome changes for our skin.A drop in temperature often wreaks havoc, making our skin feel dry, tight, flaky, red or uncomfortable, as our skin barrier is weakened – triggering eczema, psoriasis, dryness or acne. Strategically chosen skincare can protect our skin from these changes, writes dermal therapist Diane Lehto.While we reach for warmer drinks, indulge in hotter showers and snuggle in heated rooms – and then step outside into cold, windy blasts of air this weekend, we will dehydrate internally and strip moisture from our skin.At this time of year, I find that many of my patients complain of dry skin, despite drinking plenty of water.Our skin needs lipids and water to be truly be hydrated, and unless we have sufficient lipid levels to lock in moisture, it will feel dehydrated and prematurely aged. When our lipid levels are healthy, our acid mantle is stronger, ensuring our skin can be fully hydrated. Here are some simple strategies to keep skin healthy during the transition into cooler months:Protecting our skin from weather extremes boils down to three things; how we treat our skin while doing everyday things like showering or cleansing, what we put in our bodies and the preventative products we use.Most of my patients who suffer from flaky, dry skin have one thing in common; they love hot showers. During the colder months, avoid very hot showers and too much heated air: they strip your natural pH and impact your skin’s elasticity. They can also cause skin to overproduce oil, leading to dehydration and redness.Hydrate and nourish from within: eat plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables (warm vegetable soup is a great way to get your daily requirement of antioxidant rich vegetables). Drink 8 glasses of water each day and keep caffeinated drinks and alcohol to a minimum. I also include the following supplements: EMega B for stress and energy EVegan collagen booster EHigh quality Omega 3 with optimal levels of EFA & DHAAs the seasons change, so does our skin – and so must our skincare!If your skin is reactive, Synergie BioCleanse is a soothing, creamy cleanser specifically designed to help dry, sensitive skin without stripping the acid mantle. And for with combination skin, UltraCleanse addresses both oil and dehydration. Using the right cleanser is very important and can make all the difference.Dermiotic is a powerful pre and probiotic that strengthens and balances the skin, while Vitamin B is a multi-tasking product addresses stressed skin, acne, fine lines, wrinkles, hydration and pigmentation. It’s pretty much the kung fu master of ingredients to defend your skin throughout winter!DeStress oil is great for both the symptomatic relief of flaky, red, delicate or irritated skins – as well as building long term hydration. A small amount is used over Mega B, on areas of concern during the day – or all over at night on the face, neck and décolletage (before moisturiser).Finally, Dermacalm is packed full of calming peptides; this beautiful moisturiser will soothe and seal in the Vitamin B, Dermiotic and DeStress oil, actively decreasing redness.Winter is short-lived in Queensland, and because our skin isn’t subjected to the lengthy weather extremes of other climates, it’s possible to use our mild winter to emerge with glowing, luminous skin if you have a well-chosen skincare routine that’s adjusted to suit the climate.But having great skin – especially during winter – doesn’t just come down to good skincare or facials, nor is the progress of good skin linear, so we have to do everything possible to do what we can to nourish from the inside out. You may have times where you feel like watching movies and binging on junk food and that’s okay, but just remember to balance it out with good nutrient-rich foods and supplements that give your body, and skin cells goodness!Consults now available via video!Is your current skincare regime bringing out the best in your skin? Call 3202 4744 to book a 20 minute complimentary skin assessment or video consultation with our skin clinician to learn more about the right Synergie products for your skin!
What is poikiloderma and how do you treat it?Have you ever wondered what the ‘V’ of pigment is on your neck and chest that seems to have strangely ignored the skin directly under your chin? A common condition that no one wants but many of us have, actually has a name.‘Poikiloderma’ is a term used to describe the stubborn but thankfully benign skin disorder affecting the neck, upper chest, and sometimes lateral cheeks. Recognisable due to the distinctive ‘V’ like pattern -almost always completely ignoring the skin directly under the chin- with reddish-brown pigmentation and thinning of the skin, producing an undesirable plucked-chicken effect.The exact cause of this condition is unknown, but has been attributed to a combination of extensive sun exposure of the area, hormonal changes, a genetic pre-disposition to the condition, and photosensitizing components in some perfumes and lotions we have used over the years.If recognized early the condition is mild and can be regulated with diligent sun protection combined with quality skin care treatments and products. If the conditions has been allowed to progress into a more advanced stage, further treatment is required to reduce the visible and underlying affects. Poikiloderma maybe stubborn, and unfortunately not entirely curable, but there is help at hand for those of us who suffer with the condition and would like to improve upon its appearance. A combination of prescription-strength creams and Fraxel fractionated laser has shown promising outcomes to address the superficial vascular network.These modalities work by reducing pigmentation, and smoothing the textural irregularities of the skin condition, producing an overall rejuvenated appearance for the neck, décolletage and chest.Once the poikiloderma is under control, maintenance skincare products, sun protection and light therapy can help maintain ongoing skin quality.Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
Diane’s tips: how to look after your mind, body and skin during ISOThere’s something that our time during self-isolation has given us. It has presented the opportunity for us to press the refresh button. Although we are all going through different situations at the moment, this time of pause regardless of our circumstances has made us think. For some it may be about things that we haven’t thought about in a long time, and for others it has been light bulb moments or realisations.The last few months has certainly not been an easy ride, with many of us initially feeling the stress & weight of the world’s news on our shoulders, and along with that the uncertainty of when it will all be over. All of this worry and change has greatly affected our mind, body and skin. Even though we aren’t able to have professional skin treatments at the moment, I have come up with a few easy ideas you can do at home to look after your mind, body and skin, and to find that serenity during self-isolation. 1. Exfoliate & cleanseWhen our skin is under stress, and our nutrition and gut health is out of balance, we break out more! The last thing we need right? But unfortunately this is often the case for many of my patients after a period of strain.Their skin is compromised and our natural acid mantle becomes weaker. If this coincides with hormonal changes, it causes our skin to become oiler, and feel congested. My go to for helping decongest my skin is doing a double cleanse with Synergie Skin Ultracleanse morning and night. This Cleanser is also gentle enough to use around the delicate eye area.For a good manual exfoliation I recommend Mediscrub 1 to 3 times a week, concentrating on problem areas for up to one minute. For more advanced skin care users, if your skin is healthy and strong, you can even alternate with Reveal which is an advanced serum exfoliator containing 13% AHA and 2% BHA, working much deeper in the skin to unclog pores while helping to even skin tone. It can be used 3 times a week. For moderate acne, it may be used daily until skin is feeling clearer.If you have a more sensitive skin I would suggest keeping it simple with a gentle cleanser such as Biocleanse and to not over exfoliate with anything too harsh, especially if you your skin has any flares ups of other skin conditions such as psoriasis, eczema, or dermatitis.If you feel like you have annoying blind pimples, don’t squeeze! All you will be doing is potentially spreading bacteria trapped underneath the skin, and it will only take longer to heal. You can use a spot treatment instead such as Synergie Blem-x or our compounded anti-acne cream on individual spots to decongest and exfoliate.2. MaskingThis is my favourite time of the week! Whether you’re experiencing dryness and dullness, or random ‘stress break outs’ and unwelcome excess oil, there is no better time to do a little masking.For a more luxurious mask, my go-to is MasquErase. Pictured right, this is the ultimate age-optimising home treatment in a jar, and so if you can’t get into the clinic for a rejuvenating facial with me, this is the next best thing! Packed full nourishing goodness, including phycosaccharides, vitamins, shea butter, and soothing organic honey, you almost might want to eat this masque. Leave on for a minimum of 30 minutes before rinsing, or use instead of night cream once a week and leave overnight. 3. De-puff your face and those puffy eyesWhether it’s the late nights from studying, too much alcohol, salty foods or general aging, we all wake up some mornings feeling a little puffier than others! So what can we do to reduce the appearance of puffiness?Have you ever noticed how good your skin looks after a facial massage? The face and eye area look less puffy, and generally has a pink glow from the lymphatic drainage massage. The massage is like taking your face to the gym; it helps to tone and tighten the skin while at the same time helping to rid the face of all the toxins. The face unfortunately gets forgotten about.Although you may not be able to come and see me in clinic facial right now, you are however able to perform little massage techniques in the comfort of your own home all over you face , especially the eyes. I have been using this easy to follow video for my own self-facials at home. You may not want to do the whole routine, but if you incorporated 10 minutes each day, you will certainly notice a huge difference.We love to massage our patients skin with the Synergie de-stress oil and it’s also great to help soothe sensitive, irritated skin and reduce redness.At night, apply Synergie Improveyes night to the delicate eye are along with your serum, before your evening moisturiser. This helps to hydrate, smooth out fine lines and wrinkles and helps to address darkness and puffiness.In the morning as my body is slowly starting to wake up & after I have had some water, I like to wake up the skin on my face by gently tapping all over my face for a couple of minutes, then bringing my focus to the eye area and doing some gentle eye drainage movements. If I’m puffy, I use a little old-fashioned trick – cold spoons! That’s right, two cold spoons that have been in the fridge overnight, held against your eyes. All up, this should take 2-3 minutes, and is absolutely worth it.My go-to morning eye treatment is Synergie Improveyes Day. It’s a lightweight serum, and the green coffee extract, hyaluronic acid and peptides help to address fine lines, crows feet, puffiness and dark circles! It sits perfect under makeup.4. Lifestyle factors: food, rest and self-careHow and what we put on our skin is important, but I also place a lot of importance on great nutritional supplements and self-care. This includes good nutrition and gut health, as well as mindfulness and exercise. BioCeuticals Mega B Q10 provides nutrients that are important during times of stress while BioCeuticals SB Restore is a high strength probiotic that helps maintain healthy digestive function, while its zinc, selenium, vitamins A and D provide immune support.Getting motivated while in isolation can be difficult, so I’ve compiled my favourite list of pilates and yoga workouts for an easy place to start, as well as the mindfulness podcasts I’m listening to at home right now: EPilates EYoga EMindfulness & meditation EPodacastsWhen in doubt, just ask! I am still available for complimentary consultations via email, or phone, if you have any questions about how you can keep your skin glowing while in isolation.Until I see you in the clinic next, please be kind to yourself, know that this is all only temporary – and I’m will be here for all your skin needs throughout this period. I can talk skin all day – so I am always happy to help!
Outdoor exercise: 3 things you can do now to prevent pigmentation, skin cancer and premature ageingIf there’s one silver lining in the current crisis, it’s that it seems people are getting outside now more than ever to exercise! With gyms closing, many of us are hitting the pavement or parks to get our fitness fix.Given that it’s autumn, you could be mistaken for thinking sun exposure isn’t a problem. In Queensland, UV rates rarely fall below dangerous levels during the day – even in winter. And although you might not feel your skin burn during, extended sun exposure can have unintended consequences such as hyperpigmentation and premature ageing.Our plastic surgery nurse Deborah and dermal clinician Diane have put together their top 3 tips to protect your skin from sun damage at this time:As always, seek shade and cover up wherever possible – even if it’s late in the afternoon! Before you head out, check the Bureau of Meteorology for UV levels at different times of day here. Research undertaken by the University of Manchester and the Association for International Cancer Research found that taking a regular dose of omega-3 boosted skin immunity to sunlight. The fatty acids DHA and EPA in omega-3 oil have been associated with the skin’s photoprotection by decreasing the production of proinflammatory eicosanoids and suppressing UV induced keratinocyte damage. I love Opti3 Vegan Omega-3.Once you have prevention under control, the next step is to add antioxidants to your skincare regime. Antioxidants have been scientifically proven to inhibit the free radical damage that causes the kinds of premature ageing typically seen in Queensland. The face, hands and décolletage and neck commonly show signs of our powerful sunshine! Pigment inhibitors like vitamin B and products that have peptides and tyrosinase inhibitors, reduce and prevent the transition of melanin, preventing UV induced pigmentation. They’re my multitasking ‘beauty superstars’ at times like these – for many reasons! A good place to start is with the Synergie Skin Brightening Kit (pictured). It has everything you need for all day prevention and protection. For nutritional vitamin B support, I love Bioceuticals Mega B with Q10.One of my other beauty weapons to help brighten pigmentation, and help unclog blocked pores is Reveal. I use up to 3 times per week in the morning, and underneath sunscreen for best results. - Diane LehtoDermal clinician It is easier to prevent pigmentation from forming, than reduce it once it’s developed. Daily application of Synergie Skin’s SupremaC+ helps minimise the damaging effects the environment has on our skin while also acting as a pigment inhibitor.The serum both prevents and reduces the appearance of hyperpigmentation while tackling photo-ageing at the source. It does this by using CMF Triacid Complex; a synergistic blend of the latest and most stable forms of ascorbic, ferulic and mandelic acids. Apply each morning and always use a daily SPF 50 that is kind to your skin.Synergie Skin’s UberZinc SPF 50 is a broad spectrum sunscreen that provides the skin with moisture, while absorbing oil to minimise shine. Use it on its own or with your Mineral Whip makeup for ultimate protection (we now have this range in clinic!)At home exfoliants and masks are also a great way to keep your skin healthy when clinical treatments are unavailable. We have been sending out a customised selection to patients at this time, to help them to maintain best results. - Deborah Seib-DaniellPlastic surgery nurseConsults now available via video!Is your current skincare regime bringing out the best in your skin? Book a 20 minute complimentary skin assessment or video consultation with our skin clinician to learn more about the right Synergie products for your skin! Order your Synergie products below to receive a sample, specially chosen for your skin, with each purchase plus FREE postage for all orders. Shop Enquire with us to purchase
Plastic surgery video consultations with Dr Sharp: what to expectPatients who live in regional and remote locations – as well as those who are self isolating – often take advantage of video consultation technology for their initial appointments with Dr Sharp. Prior to the consultation, patients receive their Patient Information Pack containing documents relating to their procedure, including the consent form and Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons brochure. The patient’s preferred video consultation software is selected and our patient care team tests out the video call to ensure the patient and Dr Sharp will be able to see each other on the day. Video consultations can be held via smartphone, laptop, desktop or iPad/tablet.Sometimes, patients choose to email photos of the areas they wish to discuss with Dr Sharp, as a clinical reference for their patient record.We also ask our patients to peruse specific information provided on our website, related to their chosen procedure. This material comprises part of the written ‘informed consent’ documentation for their procedure.Prior to their consult, our patients are encouraged to write down any questions they might have for Dr Sharp, to ensure they receive the most relevant and valuable information from their consultation on the day.On the day of their consultation, our patients have their patient pack/documents on hand, as Dr Sharp will step through this information during the appointment. After the consultation, an estimate of fees – including any applicable rebates – is provided. If the patient is having a breast augmentation, their 3D simulation options will be generated based on the implant sizes discussed with Dr Sharp. Our patients are emailed a secure login to the portal to view their simulations at home.Following the initial consultation, patients have a second consultation – face to face with Dr Sharp in one of our clinics – before undergoing any surgery. This consultation is complimentary.For breast augmentation patients, this is also when they try on different implant ‘sizers’ to determine their final implant size.These two consultations ensure that patients have had multiple opportunities to consider the pre operative information provided, ask questions and plan their surgery and recovery with Dr Sharp before undergoing a procedure.If you choose to have a video consultation, our team will make sure the process is as discreet, supported and informative as it would have been, had you been in the clinic with us on the day! Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*PhoneThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
Protecting our patients’ healthUpdate: 21st May 2020 All surgery resuming in Queensland…including cosmetic surgery!Queensland’s Chief Health Officer Jeannette Young has advised that operating can return to ‘normal’ in our hospitals. Our hospitals have advised us that they have adequate levels of PPE and are well resourced for normal resumption of theatre operating. During the shutdown, due to the low numbers of COVID in Queensland, the hospital we operate from remained COVID-free.At Southbank Day Hospital and St Andrews Private Hospital Ipswich, our lists are returning to normal capacity effective immediately, and we are in touch with our patients to organise the rescheduling of their procedures. Dr Sharp and his surgical team love operating and can’t wait to get back to theatre!Our operating lists at Greenslopes Private Hospital is still restricted due to the COVID agreement they have with the public system, to make a percentage of private theatre time available for public patients. This means we cannot return to full, normal operating there, just yet – and therefore some of our patients have had to wait a little longer for their procedures to be rescheduled than they’d hoped.We know it’s been a difficult time for many patients having large operations, with long awaited surgery cancelled, and now a further wait for it to be rescheduled – and we are very grateful for their understanding and patience. When operating at GPH returns to normal we will be able to utilise our lists as per usual and will be in touch to offer any earlier spaces to those on our waiting list.Our thanks as well to our diligent patient care team, who have astutely managed hundreds of patients waiting for surgery, consultations and treatments during the suspensions and resumptions. Under difficult circumstances they’ve been working hard to ensure our patients still receive the same stellar standard of care and compassion. What to expect in our clinics…The week prior to your visit, you will receive a digital COVID screening questionnaire to submit via your phone, which takes about 30 seconds to complete. On the day of your consult, your temperature will be taken at the door, hand sanitiser applied and you will be asked some further screening questions before being seated in a private waiting area, where each patient is sectioned off to ensure optimal physical distancing.If you are coming into close contact with any of our team members during a consult, treatment or check up, they will be wearing a mask. Patients are welcome to wear masks during their visit if they wish; please let us know upon arrival, if you would like us to supply one for you to wear.We appreciate your assistance with these measures, to ensure our patients and team members remain well at this time!Update: 21st April 2020Cabinet announcement regarding private surgery in Australia: plastic surgery to resumeCabinet has just announced that it will resume some selected surgery procedures (approximately 25% of procedures performed in private hospitals) from next week.Remaining category 2 procedures (semi-urgent skin cancers) and breast reconstruction procedures were the only two plastic surgery operations to join the category 1 urgent list of operations we are allowed to perform at this time. With PPE levels now restored, the Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons and Australian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons had recommended resuming surgery, as most plastic surgery procedures do not pose an unusually high risk of transmission – or utilise complex PPE.However the government chose to only resume a small and specific list of procedures, most of which do not include the reconstructive or cosmetic procedures that most of our patients are currently waiting for.Our thoughts are with our patients – we understand the uncertainty around your surgery is causing strain and stress. We are also thinking of the hospital and nursing staff in private hospitals today, who will be most significantly impacted by this decision. The Prime Minister indicated that Cabinet will consider further easing of restrictions after May 11.Which procedures can now be performed under COVID surgery restrictions: Ecategory 1 and 2 procedures (urgent and semi urgent skin cancers, reconstructive procedures etc) Emedically required surgery for children under 18 Ein some cases, procedures such as breast reduction and implant removal is permitted, if it meets the criteria of significant pain or disability – and the patient is healthy, with no specific COVID risks.If you’ve had surgery cancelled in the past month:We will be in touch when restrictions are eased further, to organise your surgery rescheduling, as a priority. We hope this might be considered next month.If you’ve had a consult with Dr Sharp and are waiting to book your surgery or wish to bring your existing theatre date forward:You’re still able to book your surgery on a date that suits you in the coming months – we are recommending that those hoping for surgery this year book a tentative date from June onwards. If you’ve been waiting to book a consult:We can assist with a video consultation in the coming weeks so you can progress your surgical journey. Please get in touch on 3202 4744.Update: 2nd April 2020Plastic surgery video consults with Dr Sharp: what to expectIn response to the number of enquiries we’ve received from patients using their iso-time to research procedures, Dr Sharp has opened up additional video consultations in the coming weeks.Video consults provide an opportunity to have your questions answered and learn more about the options available to you.Conducted with the discretion, in depth information and individual attention provided during clinic consults, patients receive the same information pack, time with Dr Sharp, 3D simulation technology (if applicable), estimate of fees and complimentary second consultation in our clinics, before going ahead with surgery.With elective theatre lists currently paused in private hospitals, patients who have had a video consultation with Dr Sharp and wish to proceed with surgery, are then able to go on our priority waiting list for their preferred procedure date and in-clinic consult, once operating resumes as normal.If you’d like more information about the video consultations available in the coming weeks, please call 3202 4744 😊…or read more about our video consult process here.🙏 Thanks again to our wonderful patients, for their patience and understanding at this time. We’ve enjoyed your ‘virtual’ consults over the past few weeks, and look forward to seeing your smiling faces in our clinics again soon!Update: 25th March 2020As we move into the next phase of the response to COVID-19, the Prime Minister today advised that all elective procedures in private hospitals have been paused, with exception to Category 1 (and some Category 2) urgent procedures. This decision has been made due to the shortage of masks and other PPE in public hospitals. The suspension comes into effect tomorrow at midnight. We appreciate that this has been devastating for many patients, who have been preparing for major surgeries for some time now. But we also appreciate that at this time, extraordinary sacrifices are required for the greater good of our community.We have been working today and this evening to contact all patients impacted by this surgery ‘pause’ in the near future. Despite receiving unwelcome news, the kindness and understanding our beautiful patients have shown our team has been humbling, and extremely appreciated.Any patient who has their surgery plans paused, due to this situation, now has a place on our surgical queue – based on when their surgery was originally scheduled. We know this ban will eventually be lifted, when the situation has improved – and when this happens, you will be contacted immediately to be offered new theatre dates, as a priority. Dr Sharp and our team will be working hard at that time to ensure all patients have their surgeries performed in their ideal time frames, and we will go above and beyond to make this happen.Our team is here to support youWe are still here to support you and assist with any research regarding your surgery options, once life returns to normal. From all the enquiries we continued to receive today, it seems many patients are using this downtime to investigate procedures and get informed about the cosmetic and reconstructive procedures available to them! We are still online and available by phone to chat, if you have any queries. As our patients know, we love talking about surgery and value every opportunity to assist during the research/planning process.Post operative appointmentsPost op appointments are not impacted by these changes. As an essential service, we will continue to remain open. We look forward to seeing all of our lovely post op patients in the clinic to receive our usual high standard of post op care – albeit with lots of extra safety precautions in place to ensure everyone stays well at this important time!When will elective surgery recommence?We don’t have a definitive answer to this as yet but our patients will be advised as soon as we receive any updates or advice regarding this. We continue to monitor the situation closely and will directly advise upcoming patients or those visiting our clinic for necessary post operative checks as needed. We will be in regular contact with all of our patients in the coming weeks to ensure they are updated as new information comes to hand.Skin cancer surgeryAs always, our clinics in Brisbane and Ipswich continue to offer skin cancer consultations and surgery. While there will be some wait for non-urgent skin cancers, those that are fast growing, invasive or suspected/diagnosed melanomas will be prioritised for fast tracked consults and surgery. Over 2,000 people per day are treated for skin cancers in Australia (750,000 per annum, of which over 12,000 are melanomas) – so it’s important to ensure that critical skin lesion services are not interrupted.Update: 23rd March 2020Telehealth: Video consultOur clinics are equipped with teleconference technology and open for video consultation; this is something we have been offering for many years, particularly for our regional and remote patients. Your health and safety are our absolute priority – and we have a very rigorous process in place to keep you and our team well. We appreciate that most of our patients have waited some time to see our clinicians, and don’t wish to postpone their consultations – but we also understand you might have concerns about attending your appointment while practicing social distancing. To change your face-to-face consult to a video appointment, please call 07 3202 4744. It’s a very simple process and involves the same gold standard of clinical care and assessment tools as an in-clinic consult! For patients having 3D simulation ahead of their surgery, in most cases we can still also offer this service via video consults. All patients who are consulted via video also receive a second, complimentary consult before proceeding with surgery to ensure you have been examined by your clinician face-to-face before undergoing any treatment.If you have been unwellIf you have returned from overseas – or been unwell – in the past 14 days and have a scheduled consult or surgery, please contact us to reschedule. We will always do our best to accommodate your preferred time frames.Prioritising patient safety: our precautions to reduce risksWe want our patients to feel reassured that when they visit us, they are in a safe space. We are very fortunate to have two clinics with size and layouts that enabled us to put strict social distancing measures in place some time ago, and we have further measures in place to keep patients and our team members safe – from when they exit their car through to exiting the clinic.Although we are a medical facility with strict hygiene procedures, we are not a general practice clinic, with any unwell patients on premises. We will continue to maintain an exceptionally safe clinical environment.Our patient arrival procedure:As an essential service, we are still open, but to keep our team and patients safe, have changed our waiting room process and appointment schedule to ensure you do not wait alongside other patients in our waiting rooms. If you anticipate being early or late to your appointment, please call ahead to let us know so we can create a separate additional space for you.From your car to our front door, patients are not required to touch any surfaces to access our premises – as patients park outside our front doors, on the ground level of our building.Upon entering the clinic, you will be asked to use the hand sanitiser station provided before being checked in.Your clinicians will be wearing a mask for any contact within a 2 meter radius of your personal space.We are very grateful to our patients for their understanding during these extraordinary time; these measures will not only keep our team members and patients safe, but they are enabling us to retain our staff, who are providing important services to patients in Brisbane and Ipswich at during this difficult period. Please call us if you have fever, cough/shortness of breath, sore throat – or if you have returned from overseas travel within the last 14 days. Likewise, if you have had contact with a diagnosed or suspected case of COVID-19 in the past 14 days. Please call 07 3202 4744 to reschedule or convert your appointment to a video consult. The health, wellbeing and recovery of our patients and team is of upmost importance.
Meet our theatre teamDr Sharp is fortunate to be supported by an amazing team of surgical professionals, including skilled anaesthetists and nurses, at Greenslopes Private Hospital, Southbank Day Hospital and St Andrews Ipswich Private. Surgery can be an exciting – and slightly nervous – moment for most patients, and so it’s nice to see some familiar faces when you arrive at theatre!Step inside Dr Sharp’s theatre at Southbank Day Hospital to meet anaesthetist Dr Rob Miskeljin and assistant Sr Emily Gaeta – two team members who will greet you when you arrive and walk beside you during your surgical journey. Our anaesthetic team also includes Dr Tim Sampson and Dr Paul Scott. Thanks to the team at Southbank Day Hospital for giving our patients an insight into what they can expect on the day of surgery! Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*NameThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
The gut biome and how it impacts your skinDiane is passionate about holistic skin health, and the impact that our diet and lifestyle have on our skin and ageing. In this article, she explains her own experience with gut health and skin conditions. To learn more about Diane’s unique approach to looking and feeling great, book a complimentary consult with her in our Brisbane or Ipswich clinics. Long before the gut microbiome, gut health and good bacteria became well known terms, the father of medicine, Hippocrates was onto something when he said “all disease begins in the gut”.Two thousand years later, pre and pro biotics are considered an important part of optimal health, as the role of the gut microbiota is scientifically recognised. Probiotics arelive microbial cultures consumed for health benefits beyond basic nutritional value. Studies show that they cooperatively maintain a delicate balance between the gastrointestinal tract and immune system while prebiotics (ingredients that encourage the growth and activity of favourable intestinal bacteria) are quickly gaining attention as functional foods.“All disease begins in the gut.” - HippocratesMy microbiome journey began when I experienced a terrible bout of gastritis. It was the most uncomfortable thing I have ever been through; it was painful and it was a big wake-up call for my own dietary habits. I must admit, my diet wasn’t the best at that time; I was always highly stressed, was always getting sick, had terrible, lacklustre skin and breakouts. I always felt tired and I couldn’t understand why. After being assessed, I was handed a FODMAP dietary eating plan, and prescribed medication that was designed to help decrease the amount of acid my gut was producing, while allowing it to heal.I left the hospital feeling a bit lost. I felt like I didn’t know enough, and nobody really explained what causes these issues. I wanted to prevent and treat the multifactorial, underlying root causes.Wanting more answers, I went back to my GP, who helped me realise the answer was right in front of me all along; it was my diet and stress levels. It all made sense; I ate poorly, and so I felt like poorly. I did this to myself! As a first course of action, the GP suggested that I try to heal my gut through the use of good probiotics, eating healthy unprocessed foods, reducing my daily intake of fat and processed sugar – and cutting down on alcohol. They also explained that stress also plays a huge part on the microbiome, and can affect our immune system – and even post surgery recovery. You can read more about the effects of stress on the gut and skin in my article here.I know for a fact that I will never go back to the way I ate before gastritis. I don’t ever want to feel like that ever again – and who doesn’t want to feel good!The history of gut biome scienceThe modern concept of probiotics evolved around 1900, when Nobel Prize winning Elie Metchnikoff examined the longevity and health of Bulgarian peasants. He hypothesised that this was partly due to their consumption of fermented milk products, particularly yogurt. He considered that the yogurt contained the organisms necessary to protect the intestine from harmful life-limiting bacteria.The first clinical trials began in the 1930’s and over the ensuing century, different microorganisms were used for their ability to prevent and cure diseases, leading to the coining of the term ‘probiotics’.Metchnikoff’s hunch was substantiated by Mann and Spoerig in 1974; they found that people who drank yogurt fermented with wild strains of Lactobacillus sp. had very low values for blood serum cholesterol. Harrison et al reported that cells of Lactobacillus acidophilus added to infant formula decreased levels of serum cholesterol, and research by Gilliland et al. (1985), Buck and Gilliland (1994) and Gilliland and Walker (1989), Gill and Guarner (2004) further proved its value.In 1994, the World Health Organisation deemed probiotics to be an important contributor to the immune defence system when commonly prescribed antibiotics are rendered useless by antibiotic resistance.How do probiotics work?To understand how probiotics work, it is important to understand a little about the physiology, microbiology of gastrointestinal tract and digestion. The digestive process begins as soon as we put food in our mouths; microbes present in the mouth and GI tract have the potential to act in a positive, negative or a neutral manner. Microbes in small intestine and in the large intestine complete the digestion process.Certain intestinal microbes are known to produce vitamins and their presence is correlated with a healthy intestinal flora. They act as organic acids (lactic and acetic acids) that tend to lower the pH of the intestinal contents, creating conditions that inhibit harmful bacteria. Probiotics may also influence other protective functions of the intestinal mucosa, including the synthesis and secretion of antibacterial peptides. The GI tract also serves as a large mucosal surface that bridges the gap between ‘inside the body’ and ‘outside the body’.Along this mucosal interface, microbes and foreign antigens colonising or passing through the GI tract interact with important components of the immune system. This interaction serves to prime or stimulate the immune system for optimal functioning. Normal microbial inhabitants of the GI tract also reinforce the barrier of the intestinal lining, decreasing translocation of bacteria or antigens from the intestine into the blood stream. This function has been suggested to decrease infections. Gut microbiota and healthy ageingStudies show that bacteria in the gut may alter the ageing process, while changes in the composition and metabolic activity of the gut microbiota are associated with skin health. Research is ongoing in this space and offers an exciting insight into how good or bad bacteria levels can be manipulated to impact health and lifespan.We are now beginning to appreciate the intimate and intricate interactions between microbes and skin health. Multiple studies are currently focused on the manipulation of the skin or gut microbiome to explore their therapeutic potential in the prevention and treatment of skin inflammation. Good microbiome care works on the inside – and the outside!There are some great skincare probiotic products on currently on the market to help balance a healthy skin microflora, such as Synergie Dermiotic (pictured) which helps to boost and strengthen the skin’s integrity, while helping to address the underlying cause of skin conditions, such as oil, congestion, inflammation, redness and hydration. Stay tuned to watch this space explode in the next few years.I am very excited to see what scientists are able to discover in the fascinating world of microbiome and gut health, and can’t wait to bring these developments into my care of our patients’ skin – so we can maintain optimal health, inside and out.Not all probiotics are created equalNot all probiotics are created equal. Existing research is limited by small study sample sizes and the wide variety of probiotic strains, but studies indicate that specific strains may be effective in treating and preventing certain diseases and may stimulate immune function. It’s important to understand what you are trying to treat, the best strains and how much bacteria per dose is required to be effective. How your probiotics are shipped and stored also impacts their efficacy. Some probiotics have a single strain of organisms, while others contain multiple strains. Different strains of the same species may even be different, and could have different effects on health. Microbe concentrations can also vary widely among products. We stock Bioceuticals UB 75 and SB Restore (pictured above); talk to us about why we have specifically chosen these for our patients. Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
Vitamin B and Probiotics: The Dynamic Skin Strengthening DuoThe benefits of prebiotics, probiotics and vitamin B are often espoused by skincare companies – but what do they actually do for your skin?Prebiotic and probiotic skincareJust as prebiotics and probiotics set your gut up for optimal function, they also balance the beneficial and harmful bacteria and optimise the skin’s environment. Synergie Skin’s Dermiotic is a nutrient packed pre-serum elixir with pre and probiotics, formulated to boost the skin’s resistance to physical and chemical aggressors by tackling the underlying causes of acne, ageing, sun damage and sensitivity – rather than just masking them. Just a few drops of Dermiotic prior to your serums will boost the barrier strength of skin and will be an essential for those with skin sensitivity.How does it work? Prebiotic Alpha-glucan oligosaccharide feeds the ‘good bacteria’ and probiotic Bifida ferment lysate balances the microbiome. Together these active ingredients defend from environmental damage and relieve sensitivity and symptoms of skin stress, including redness and inflammation.Vitamin B infused skincareThought of as the great multi-tasking cosmeceutical, by using Vitamin B your skin will ‘learn’ to make more of its own moisture. Formulated to increase the production of ceramides in the epidermis, this essential product is a must for increased hydration levels, a luminous even complexion and a reduction in the appearance of fine lines.How does it work? Vitamin B serum increases the production of ceramides in the epidermis, essential for preventing water loss and maintaining a dewy complexion. High levels of niacinamide also boosts collagen and skin immunity, strengthen the barrier and reduce uneven skin tone.Why do probiotics and vitamin B work so well together?The combination of these two hero products will give your skin its ultimate barrier protection and support the skin to stay strong, work at its optimum and look healthy and luminous every day.“Fortify and revive your skin’s barrier by coupling Dermiotic with Synergie Skin’s iconic Vitamin B (niacinamide) serum to deliver the optimal environment for healthy skin,” our dermal therapist Diane Lehto explains.
Optimal Ageing: 5 skin tips to get your glow on at any ageAfter 12 years in the dermal science field, skin therapist Diane Lehto believes that having beautiful healthy glowing skin starts from the inside out; taking care of the mind and body through good nutrition, and using good quality skin care products to help maintain a gorgeous glow. She shares her top 5 tips for healthy, glowing skin all year round…We know how great our skin looks after we’ve had some much-needed time out. For me, usually a good exfoliation, a relaxing facial and rejuvenating mask does the trick; my skin looks healthy and has a nice glow. It’s amazing what good skin can do for your confidence. You feel brand new again. There are many reasons why our skin suffers from time to time, and there are moments where we may wonder why our skin can be looking dull – even though we think we may be doing all the right things!Our body is very clever and it lets us know if something is not quite right. But many of us fail to act upon these cues. If our car starts to splutter and malfunction, we put it in for a service to make sure it’s mechanically working well, right? The same should go for our bodies! However, unlike a car, our body and skin is a living thing; everything works synergistically to keep us healthy – and our organs functioning the way they should. Unhealthy skin is often a sign of what’s going on inside our bodies.Our skin is the body’s largest organ, and we have our body for our whole life, so it makes total sense to take good care of it. When I speak to patients, I usually find that their bodies are letting them know that something is happening through their emotions, how they are physically feeling and how their skin looks. Sunscreen is your best friendOver 80% of premature ageing is caused by the Australian sun. And on top of that, we have the highest rates of skin cancer in the world, which is astonishing. Keeping this information in mind, it is vital that we think of sunscreen as our best friend; the thing we can’t live without! Use it everyday, and even on those days where it may look cloudy outside and we think we don’t need it. The sun’s powerful rays are working even harder to penetrate through to your skin. So what is the best sunscreen for our skin? Most of us believe the higher the SPF the better, right? Well that’s not necessarily true. The best way to protect your skin from UVA/UVB rays is to use zinc. The natural mineral power of zinc oxide will not only protect our precious skin from burning (UVB) but it will also help to shield our skin from ageing (UVA).UVA penetrates much deeper into the skin, and is responsible for all of our unwanted pigmentation, fine lines and wrinkles and skin cancers. So if there is one thing everyone can do to prevent this from happening, my secret weapon is sunscreen!Our favorite go to broad spectrum for solar protection is Uber Zinc, the incredible 4 in 1 sunscreen/foundation with iron oxides for blue light protection – Mineral Whip and the Uber Zinc Body. Always remember to reapply every few hours, after going for a swim, or excessive sweating.Dehydrated skin means fine linesPicture what happens when you don’t water your garden for a days – especially during hot weather; you eventually find the leaves are all crispy and shrivelled up! Our skin wilts and dehydrates in the same way; premature fine lines start to be more visible, slackening starts to occur, we get puffiness and dark circles around the eyes – and we may even get a few breakouts. This is because our skin is crying out for some water. Our body is essentially made up of 80% water so if our skin is thirsty, it can look dull, and feel dry. Paradoxically, it can also feel oily due to lack of water. You might also notice enlarged pores and the skin can look shiny and feel tight.Combine dehydration with regular hot showers, excessive coffee and alcohol consumption – and not drinking enough water – and your skin is on it’s way to ageing much quicker. Water helps your digestive system flush out toxins, prevents brain fog, bloating, helps with constipation, and it helps maintain a healthy and happy skin. When your skin is hydrated, fine lines are not as visible and your skin appears to be more clear. Click here to find out how much water our bodies actually need. Water consumption requirements vary between each individual, determined by how much daily activity you do, your age, weight and any medications that can affect fluid etc. The general rule is 4 to 6 cups of water a day, on top of your other fluid intake (tea, juice etc). A good indication is clear urine – if you urine is not clear, you might not be drinking enough. Stressing less is best“You need to relax!” We’ve all heard this one before and sometimes it’s easier said than done. With most of us leading much busier lives these days, the mountain of stress that we get from everyday life; family, work, financial burden, or illness can really take a toll on our mental and physical health. Stress can have a huge impact on our skin.We don’t need to have big moments of stress to notice dull, unhappy skin. Low level everyday stress contribute and eventuate to high levels of anxiety, or depression, and it can take a toll on the skin.When we are stressed our body releases the hormone cortisol, which contributes to the breakdown of collagen and elastin accelerating the ageing process, it can even bring on skin conditions such as eczema, psoriasis, and it can stimulate the body to produce more oil, which can make our skin breakout. In general our skin can look tired; in some cases the body becomes so stressed, the skin becomes ultra sensitive, breaking out in a stress rash or hives – which makes the skin look red and feel dry. This is a big message from our body to take a step back and get some relax time.How do we de-stress? There are many ways; and finding time doesn’t mean you need to spend 2 hours meditating everyday, it can simply start with 10 minutes. Finding that 10 minutes for yourself each day where you are interrupted, clearing the mind, whether it be practicing mindfulness and gratitude, going for a gentle walk, doing some stretches or listening to some music. Getting into a good routine of giving back to yourself, by finding the time to de-stress is an important part of slowing the ageing process down.Remember that we all get stressed from time to time, and to not forget that we are only human. I believe we should give ourselves permission to be happy; be kind and talk kindly to ourselves more, because we deserve the very best, and we are all doing the best we can. It’s okay to have boundaries, and say no from time to time. We are not super human and need those boundaries and limits. If it all gets too much, there is also no shame in talking to someone. Whether it is a good friend, a professional counsellor, psychologist, or a friendly voice over the phone.Regular self- care with a customised skin routine that is full of active vitamins and cosmeceuticals, including monthly facials is also a fantastic way to optimise the ageing process, and de-stress through relaxing, lymphatic drainage massage. Facials and good skin care go hand in hand. It’s like bringing your skin to the gym. You wouldn’t go to the gym, work out, then come home, sit on the couch only to eat hot chips! We need regular facials which will help to improve collagen, elastin, tone and texture, combined with good skin care to help treat our skin topically with only the best ingredients. Your skin will thank you for it later! Combining this with daily exercise and activity is essential for ultimate de-stressing, glowing skin, preventing fine lines and wrinkles and simply feeling great. Eat well to feel goodHave you ever noticed how amazing your skin looks when you have been eating well? And do you also notice how dull the skin looks when you don’t?The skin can have acneic breakouts, feel less hydrated and fine lines look more prominent when our nutrition is poor.This is because we are not feeding the skin the right nutrients to glow from the inside out. We don’t have to eat perfect all the time, but making a few little changes can make all the difference to achieving your ultimate skin goals.Research shows that Omega-3 fatty acids, which can be found in wild salmon, sardines, trout and mackerel, help restore and maintain healthy skin. It can also be found in Chia seeds, hemp seeds, flaxseed, seaweed, algae and walnuts. Other benefits include shiny hair, strong nails, heart and brain health – and the ‘holy grail’ of ageing: skin elasticity, as it improves the quality and texture of the skin, preventing wrinkles. For those who suffer with acneic breakouts, omega-3 fatty acids have been shown to reduce the inflammation associated with this skin condition, and helping the skin to heal much quicker. Have a read about some of the other benefits here.You may have heard the saying “eat the rainbow”. This is all about making sure we get as much colour onto our plate as possible; eating wholesome food, full of fresh vegetables that are packed with fibre and essential vitamins and minerals such as zinc and fresh fruits and nuts – packed full of polyphenols that fight free radical damage, allowing the skin heal – and optimising the ageing process. We should consume more of these foods, and consume less foods that are highly processed.This also means cutting down on alcohol and caffeine consumption. Eating well also helps to balance the good bacteria in the gut, resulting in less breakouts, less constipation, reduced illness – and studies have shown it can also help with reducing anxiety and depression. 70% of our serotonin is produced in the gut. When the gut health is not balanced, it can lead to high levels of anxiety, which can also in turn affect our skin. Taking a good pro biotic in conjunction with a balanced diet can help restore the natural gut flora.It’s always best to speak with a good naturopath, nutritionist or your doctor to get the best advice if you have any underlying health questions or concerns, or simply want to know where to start. So the message I give to my lovely patients is that a healthy gut equals a healthy mind and beautiful looking skin.Get more sleepWhen was the last time you had a good night’s sleep? Sometimes it hard to switch our busy brains off at the end of a long day. For others, it’s as easy as laying their head on the pillow and they’re off to dreamland. Why is it important that we get enough sleep? Sleep is vital for the overall health of our brain and body. It helps to boost our immune so we can reduce the chances of illness, balance our moods – and our body is able to do its job in removing the day’s waste, through the digestive and lymphatic system. Sometimes it can be a bit embarrassing to talk about bowel movements, and what is considered healthy, but I am never afraid to politely talk about poop habits with my patients, especially when it comes to skin conditions. Acne, and flare ups of psoriasis and eczema are also more common when we don’t get enough rest. If we are unable to flush out the days toxins through lack of sleep, those toxins just add onto the next day, resulting in bad skin. Think of sleep as helping us detoxify the garbage from our body. Here is a great article on what a healthy poo should look like.Less sleep means we can become more anxious, irritable, lethargic – and we are more prone to illness. The skin can generally look more aged as the body is not able to regenerate. Adults need a good 7 hours sleep every night -if you are far off that, even just one hour’s extra quality sleep a night can make a significant difference.Some of my tips for a good night’s rest are:1. Put your mobile phone or computer away one hour before sleep. The blue light from our devices can be stimulating, putting the brain into party mode! At home, I turn off the Wi-fi at the box, and keep the bedroom mobile free so I can avoid reaching for the phone – or the screen turning on throughout the night with notifications, which can interrupt your sleep. 2. Keep bedroom dark, and cool. You could even use a diffuser with relaxing essential oils in your space, a few hours before sleep to let the brain know it’s bedtime.3. If you are a light sleeper, try to avoid stimulating beverages such as alcohol, or caffeinated drinks too close to bed time, as well going to bed straight after eating a heavy meal. Allow 3 hours for food to digest before bed time. 4. Deep breathing and visualisation techniques before sleep are fantastic ways to calm the mind and body, so that you are able to slow the heart rate down and fall asleep much quicker. The same breathing techniques can be used in the morning as a way to start the day with mindfulness!Want to learn more about Diane's holistic approach to healthy skin?Book a complimentary consultation!
Dr Sharp Visits Uganda With The Medical Training In Africa TeamDr David Sharp recently spent time in Uganda, working in a remote hospital in the small village of Kagando – in the foothills of the Congo – to assist local women and children with vaginal reconstruction, burns and congenital deformities.It was the first time a plastic surgeon had accompanied the international team from Medical Training in Africa, consisting of Professor Judith Goh AO, Dr Hannah Krause AO, Dr Alex Mowat, Dr Jackie Smalldridge, Mr Darren Diserens and Dr Geerte den Hollander.The journey began with a flight to Entebbe, Uganda, with the team transporting their surgical equipment in their luggage – including a donated diathermy machine, dressings, sutures, anaesthetic medication and scrubs to wear in theatre.From there, a small chartered plane took them from Entebbe, to a grassy landing strip near the isolated village of Kagando.Their first clinic commenced within hours of arriving. The two week clinic saw over 80 women receive life changing surgery. Surgery was mostly performed with patients awake during the operation, using spinal anaesthesia, due to a lack of anaesthetic resources in the isolated hospital.Dr Sharp operated on patients suffering from complex obstetric fistula, where flaps or skin grafts were required to effectively repair vaginal wounds that could not otherwise be surgically closed.Soon after arriving, nearby villagers who had heard of his arrival made their way to the hospital with children also suffering from a range of other issues, including burns, scars and facial deformities – which previously been untreatable in the region. One six year old patient had sustained burns to the left side of his body, leaving him with severe scarring that was painful, and limited the movement of his neck – causing his head to be tethered to his shoulder. Dr Sharp performed scar release surgery, which enabled the brave young man to move his head freely for the first time in two years.He is pictured, left, receiving a bag of small gifts, during his final consultation with Dr Sharp. Another child had sadly fallen into a fire during an epileptic seizure, leaving him with a burn that went untreated, fusing his hand to his forearm.After his scar was released and skin grafts performed, the patient was able to hold his hand out and regain some function.The courage and resilience of both children – through fear and pain – was incredibly humbling.Ideally, both children would have gone on to have further surgery and intensive rehabilitation, including compression garments and therapy.However at this stage, local villages do not have access to the resources required to provide this level of ongoing care. There is still much work to be done in this area and it’s hoped that future fundraising and resourcing through generous donations (which you can learn more about here) can make it possible to provide the kind of optimal post operative care and rehabilitation all children deserve. In the second week of his visit, two mothers arrived unexpectedly at the hospital with very young babies, to see if Dr Sharp could repair their children’s cleft lips. Both children received cleft repairs and recovered well, leaving days later to return to their villages without the stigma attached to facial deformities.The impact of the trip extended beyond time spent performing surgery; it was also about creating long term knowledge and skills locally – to help future generations of healthcare providers and patients.Dr Sharp taught local doctors new surgical techniques, including a procedure where muscle flaps from women’s thighs were used to reconstruct their vaginas.Operating conditions were challenging, with high temperatures and a lack of air conditioning or fresh air in theatres leading the surgeons to work up a sweat. At times, the theatres experienced electrical outages, with loss of lighting.Throughout, the clinical teams of local doctors, nurses and healthcare workers were enthusiastic, diligent and professional. Fully conscious patients stoicly remained calm and still on the operating table, while surgeons performed (and taught through) lengthy operations. At the end of their time at the hospital, patients and their families treated the Medical Training In Africa team to a moving farewell song and traditional dance.For Dr Sharp, seeds for this particular trip were planted two years ago, when he spoke to Professor Goh at a Greenslopes Private Hospital event.She asked him to explain how he would approach a complicated reconstructive challenge she often faced when operating on women in Uganda. On the back of a napkin, he sketched out a diagram demonstrating how the thigh tissue can be used to effectively close up some of the large wounds that are left after a fistula repair.After looking at his diagram on the napkin, Professor Goh asked if Dr Sharp would be interested in joining her to operate and teach in Africa.Medical Training In Africa also donates surgical instruments, consumables and disposables to hospitals at the end of each visit.About Medical Training In AfricaMedical Training in Africa was founded by urogynecologists Professor Hannah Krause and Dr Judith Goh to offer specialist urogynaecological surgery to women living in remote parts of Africa and Asia, particularly those living with fistulas. Fistula is a condition caused by prolonged and obstructed childbirth.Obstructed labour occurs disproportionately in girls and teenagers giving birth in regional Uganda, often because the mother’s pelvis is too small. The protracted labour usually results in the baby’s death, and the prolonged pressure of the baby against mother’s the pelvis damages the soft tissues around her bladder, vagina and rectum, causing tissues to die and tears or holes (fistula) to develop.If the fistula is between the mother’s vagina and bladder, she experiences urine leakage, and if it is between her vagina and rectum, she leaks faeces. Women with fistulas constantly suffer from infections and pain as well as the embarrassment of wet clothes and a strong odour. They are often shunned or abandoned by their partners and communities.The operations performed by Medical Training in Africa are inexpensive, costing $215 to treat a prolapse and $324 to repair a fistula. But for a woman in rural Africa, the cost of surgery is usually out of reach. An estimated 2 million women and girls live with fistulas across Africa and Asia.Obstetric care in Australia is so good, fistulas rarely occur. So these reconstructive procedures don’t often arise in Australia; plastic surgeons usually perform them for infrequent cases of invasive genital cancer.But women in remote Uganda do not have access to optimal preventative healthcare yet, and that’s also what we hope to change. Since 1995, Professor Goh and Dr Krause have spent time every year training doctors in Asia and Africa on how to treat fistulas. In 2018, Prof Goh was named the AMA’s Woman in Medicine.The medical team pay their own costs for the trip, and the charity uses donated funds to pay the hospital for the patient’s surgery, accommodation and post operative care.Retired gynaecologist Dr Barbara Hall and her husband, retired GP Dr John Taylor, have also been an integral part of the Medical Training In Africa team’s visits to Uganda since 2013. The duo treated women suffering from prolapse and fistula in another hospital, in Kasese, eight hours from Uganda’s capital.The need for better surgical facilities and maternal and paediatric care is great in Uganda, and small contributions can make a great difference to healthcare in developing countries.Want to help women and children in Africa? You can make it possible to conduct future trips to this and other regions in need. Donations go directly to funding surgery, training and local education initiatives for women and healthcare workers in villages, via the HADA website.DONATE HERE
Diane explains why Hydrafacial will become your next obsession!With so many skin therapies and treatments on the market these days it’s sometimes hard to know what treatment will be the best for our skin. One thing is for certain, we all want our skin to feel good, look radiant – and as we get older, we are all wanting to achieve a healthier, less stressed appearance.I have seen so many amazing skin technologies and treatments during my time in the industry, that I am constantly amazed and excited about what the ‘next big thing’, or new trend will be.There is one treatment that I am super impressed and obsessed with, not only because the results are instant, but also because for someone like myself who doesn’t always have the time to do extra long beauty treatments, I can ultimately fit this facial into my busy lifestyle and have it done on my lunch break!If you haven’t heard of it yet, I am talking about the next generation of facials, exfoliation and nutrient infusion all in one treatments, call the HydraFacial. It’s the go to treatment that the Hollywood stars have to give their skin a boost, plump out fine lines, and remove unwanted dead skin build up and blackheads, and the good thing is, you too can also experience and have that celebrity red carpet ready skin in only 30 minutes!What is HydraFacial?Hydra facial is a next level microdermabrasion. It’s a 5 step process to upgrading your skin from economy – to first class! It is similar to an aggressive microdermabrasion, but gentle enough to leave no irritation as it is extremely hydrating.The treatment involves the exfoliation of superficial dead skin cells using the latest Vortex technology, while also infusing, extracting, loosening dirt and debris, hydrating and removing toxin build up in the skin. The infusion of the antioxidants, hyaluronic acid and peptides leaves the skin with a beautiful dewy glow.As the treatment is not abrasive, there is no downtime, and even the most sensitive skins can have it done. If you want that extra boost, I love adding some LED lights to your treatment for extra plumping, hydration and rejuvenation to help minimise the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles.As our skin regenerates itself every 28 days, it’s ideal to do a HydraFacial every month to maintain that beautiful healthy glow – but even if that sounds like too great a commitment, just one treatment will have you seeing results. The photos on the right show one of my lovely patients before and after two HydraFacial sessions, with marked improvements in her skin condition clearly visible.Come and experience one for yourself today!
2019 Before and After Highlights: plastic and cosmetic surgery results2019 was a big year for the hundreds of women and men that underwent surgery or treatments at our clinics in Brisbane and Ipswich!Here’s a small snapshot of some of the results our patients achieved this year, across breast augmentation, facelift, post weight loss or post pregnancy mummy makeovers, breast reduction, implant revision, abdominoplasty, rhinoplasty and blepharoplasty procedures – as well as non surgical transformations using cosmetic injectables, laser and skin therapies.Thank you to every patient that made 2019 such a special year! It was an honour to be part of your individual surgical journeys.A massive thank you also to the patients who kindly permitted us to share their results; being able to view before and after photos is an important component of most patients’ surgical research and we are grateful to those patients who enable this to happen.For more before and after photos or to discuss your surgical options in 2020, please get in touch using the form below or call 07 3202 4744.Happy New Year! In 2020 we hope you… CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn more
Implant selection and your breast profile: tailoring with augmentation French slope, ski jump, full and voluptuous or bolt-ons? Breast augmentation results are often spoken about in terms of size, but the desired profile of a breast is equally as important to consider when selecting your implants.During the planning stage of your augmentation, your plastic surgeon will take into account the shape of your existing chest anatomy, as well as your overall body type and height.A patient who is slim and long is usually best suited to a proportionate breast enlargement that compliments her elongated look. Conversely, a shorter statured woman might find that widening the upper chest with implants that add too much volume to the sides of the body, exaggerates her short appearance.Breast augmentation surgery should do more than create beautiful, big breasts, it should compliment and enhance, creating an overall improvement to the shape of the body.When patients visit Dr Sharp’s Brisbane and Ipswich clinics for breast augmentation consultations, one of the first things he seeks to learn from them is what shape they desire; a very natural size, projection and profile – or a breast that appears very full, or even round. Along with their body shape, this forms the basis of his surgical plan.“Different implants can produce a natural look, a round appearance – or something in between – based on the implant choice and surgical technique,” Dr Sharp says.The two key considerations Dr Sharp makes when selecting an implant with his patients takes into account: Your natural breast anatomyLittle differences you might not notice; like a shorter nipple-to-breast-fold distance, asymmetry or a lack of upper breast tissue can direct implant selection and placement. The quantity and location of pre existing breast tissue, as well as your chest wall width and torso height are also factored. Your surgeon will measure the distance between landmarks of your anatomy, such as your nipples, navel and collarbone.Your desired breast shapeDo you like lots of upper pole fullness, or do you prefer the flatter, more natural ski-jump like shape – also sometimes known as the ‘French’ look? Is cleavage or side boob important? These are also important considerations to make when choosing your ideal implant.Breast augmentation goals: profile, shape and sizeForget about comparing implant size: the exact same implants can look totally different on on two different women!Implants are placed under breast tissue (subglandular) or the pectoral muscle (submuscular). This determination may be based on the amount of natural breast tissue a woman has and the size of the implant. Most surgeons refer to ‘dual plane‘ when determining breast implant placement. This modern augmentation technique involves placing the implant underneath the pectoral muscle, with the muscle releases sequentially to a more advanced degree. Dual plane placement enables the surgeon to raise the pectoral muscle slightly upward, giving the lower part of breast tissue contact with the breast implant. This technique is especially effective on selective patients that have some degree of breast ptosis or slightly droopy breasts. Your surgeon will be your best resource in determining the right implants and placement for you. The below images show a range of natural breasts and the end results they have achieved through breast augmentation surgery with Dr Sharp, through the selection of different implants. Observe the slope of the upper pole of the breast and the fullness of the lower pole. Each one has a different starting point and desired result. When looking at the breast from the side, a line can be drawn between the upper pole and the lower pole (see right). The breast slope runs down the upper pole, and end at the top of the lower pole. In a natural appearing breast, the slope is either straight or concave.In general, when a breast implant is placed in an anatomically normal breast, the plastic surgeon can either maintain a natural straight slope, or a rounder projecting curve can be created in the upper pole of the slope.Your natural breast tissue, along with what your plastic surgeon does to create the pocket for the implant – and what type of implant is inserted – will determine this shape. A natural breast shape is like a teardrop also known as a ‘ski jump’ or ‘French slope’ – with most of the fullness in the lower half of the breast. When we talk about upper pole, we are referring to the breast fullness above the nipple. When we talk about lower pole, we mean how full the breast is below the nipple.Upper pole goals:Whatever implants and implant placement you opt for, you will have some temporary upper pole fullness right after surgery. This is especially so with implants placed under the muscle as they tighten after surgery and move your implants higher up on your chest. It’s why your surgeon will impress upon you pre operatively, the importance of being patient during the recovery period. When post operative swelling goes down and your tissues relax with the drop and fluff process, the upper pole you’re left with will depend on a few things, including:Size – larger and bigger implants (cc’s) generally give more upper pole fullnessWidth – the wider the implant, the more likely it is to reach and fully fill the upper poleProfile – higher profile and ultra (or extra high) profile implants give the best chance of upper pole fullnessCohesive silicone gel – the material of a cohesive silicone implant is made specifically so it keeps its shape If you are aiming for an obviously augmented look (round, high and fuller) be sure to communicate this to your plastic surgeon. There’s no guarantee though that you’ll get prominent upper pole. You will, in some part, be limited by your existing anatomy.Lower pole goalsOne of the most important parts of a breast augmentation can be the aspect only a few people ever see; lower pole fullness. This is especially true if you’re starting with deflated breasts after breastfeeding or weight loss. A round implant will generally give you upper and lower pole fullness, but if you are looking for a naturally beautiful breast shape, where there’s more lower fullness than upper – an anatomical implant could be recommended. If you have very mild breast sagging, a well chosen implant can provide a mini lift, providing support for the nipple and raising its projection.Whatever look you’ve opted for, don’t assess your outcome until at least 6 months after surgery; anatomical and textured implants can take even longer. By this point you should be about 90% there with the settling and softening and you’ll know what your new breast shape is.The best way to get what you want out of your breast augmentation journey is to pick an experienced specialist plastic surgeon, to express your goals clearly and to ensure you have realistic expectations.Different breast implants can be used to achieve varying breast profiles:Breast implants have a flat base and a curved outer surface. When the implants are laying on a flat surface, the amount of height that the outer curved surface has is called the implants projection. Round implants come in four basic types of projection or profile: low, moderate, high and very high. When the patient and implant are upright, the volume of the implant flows to the bottom of the implant. This makes the implant have a more teardrop appearance. This varies somewhat with the different profiles. Low profile implants tend to produce the most natural teardrop appearance. Moderate profile implants can also produce a natural appearance with more projection to the breast. High profile and very high profile implants produce less of a teardropped shape and more of a round shape with more fullness in the upper pole of the breast.Round breast implants EMore upper breast fullness EAre sometimes the preferred shape to restore upper breast volume lost through breast-feeding or weight loss EBeing perfectly round, implant rotation cannot produce any deformity of breast shapeAnatomical (tear drop) breast implants EMore fullness in the lower half that tapers off towards the top EAn attractive and natural straight line drape of skin from collarbone down to nippleBreast implant profile optionsLow profile breast implant: the low profile implant shell is wider (larger diameter) and flatter (less height or depth) than moderate profile breast implants. This implant style is commonly used for women who have a wide broad chest frame. The extra width of the implant shell will fill the chest anatomy correctly, achieving a natural look and realistic cleavage. The implant will not project as far off the body as other implant styles, creating a subtly enhanced look. The main criteria used to select low profile implants are the base diameter of the breast and dimensions of the chest; the implant should be smaller than the base diameter of the natural breast mound, which is often substantial in wider framed women.Moderate breast implant profiles: the low profile implant shell is wider (larger diameter) and flatter (less height or depth) than moderate profile breast implants. This implant style is commonly used for women who have a wide broad chest frame. The extra width of the implant shell will fill the chest anatomy correctly. The result, achieving a natural look and realistic cleavage. The implant will not project as far off the body as other implant styles,. This makes it the right choice for women who want fullness, but not an overly round and obviously enhanced look. The main criteria used to select low profile implants are the base diameter of the breast and dimensions of the chest. The implant should be smaller than the base diameter of the natural breast mound, which is often substantial in wider-framed women. This is one of the most commonly used profiles.Moderate plus breast implant profiles: moderate plus implants are a half step compromise between traditional moderate profile implants and popular new high profile implants. The moderate plus profile is a popular choice among women who want a bit more projection than is typically provided by a moderate profile, but not as much projection as is found with the high profile shell.High breast implant profiles: high profile implants project the further off the chest wall when compared to other common implant profiles. The high profile implant will achieve this projection by having a smaller base diameter than an identically sized (in cc’s) moderate or low profile implant shell. By decreasing the diameter of the shell – but keeping the same fill volume – the implant manufacturer is able to increase the depth or forward projection.High profile implants are usually for women with a narrower chest frame who still want a considerable size increase during their breast augmentation surgery. Instead of using a wider base diameter moderate implant, the plastic surgeon will choose a narrower high profile shell which will suit the patient’s anatomy and project out to accommodate the volume of the filler material. This modified mastopexy, like many breast lift operations, sometimes squares off the breast shape slightly, making it appear wider and less round. The shape of the high profile implant shell restores the rounded shape of the breast, while still allowing the considerable benefits of the mastopexy lift.Ultra high breast implant profiles: ultra high profile implants provides the narrowest base and highest projection for women with a narrower chest frame who still want a considerable size increase. Instead of using a wider base diameter implant, the plastic surgeon may choose the ultra high profile breast implant. This may suit the patient’s anatomy and project out to be able to accommodate the volume of the filler material.There are two ways to increase projection in an implant. The first way is to add more volume to the implant. The other way to add projection is to make the base (diameter) of the implant smaller. Therefore, for any given volume, a smaller base has more projection. This is what ‘high profile’ implants do; they have a smaller diameter with a higher projection.Breast implant inspiration: should I bring photos to my consultation?Yes….but! One of the most challenging and exciting parts about considering a breast augmentation is looking at breast implant inspiration photos – also referred to as “Wish Boobs” or “Boob Goals.” Remember that when you’re looking through breast augmentation inspiration photos, it’s important to keep your expectations realistic when it comes to your own breast surgery. Dr Sharp’s approach to augmentation surgery uses breast implant as the basis of your augmentation and often enhances the results with fat grafting. Small amounts of thigh or abdominal fat are transferred to your breast, to soften the transition between implant and body – and sometimes, to enhance cleavage. This is also known as the blended breast augmentation.Ultimately, the implant you choose – and the type of breast profile you prefer – is a personal and intimate decision that should not be impacted by anyone else’s opinion or expectations. Conforming your body to a trend or another person’s opinion might leave you feeling dissatisfied with your appearance in the long run, so choose a breast profile that appeals to you.Remember that the ageing process, as well as weight fluctuations and breastfeeding, will alter your breast profile over the years, so what it looks like now won’t be reflective of what it will look like in 10 or 20 years!Call our helpful patient care team on 07 3202 4744 to explore your breast augmentation options or book a consultation with Dr David Sharp in his Brisbane or Ipswich clinics.
What makes a surgeon a ‘surgeon’?Confused by the different titles used by plastic, cosmetic and aesthetic surgeons in Australia? You aren’t alone.The results of a survey commissioned by the Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons were released today, highlighting widespread concern and confusion around the misuse of the title ‘surgeon’.According to the survey, 93% of Australians agree that it would be easier for patients to distinguish qualified surgeons from doctors, if medical professionals were to only use their Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA) title. 92% of Australians believe that a patient’s safety is put at risk when a doctor performs surgery without having completed surgical training. 86% of Australians agree it is wrong that doctors without any surgical training are allowed to call themselves surgeons. 81% of Australians agree that the title cosmetic surgeon implies the doctor has completed surgical training. 77% of Australians are in support of calls to ban the term ‘cosmetic surgeon’, to help patients separate doctors from qualified surgeons. A loophole in the current regulatory framework allows doctors who are not registered as Surgeons by AHPRA to title themselves ‘Surgeons’ and advertise cosmetic surgery. The survey of over 2,000 Australians is the latest addition to mounting evidence pointing to the need to restrict the title of ‘Surgeon’ to only doctors registered as specialist surgeons by AHPRA. ASAPS President, Dr Naveen Somia said the peak body is calling on the Council of Australian Governments (COAG), through the review of the National Law to mandate all medical practitioners to use their official AHPRA title and restrict the title Surgeon to only those registered as Surgeons by AHPRA. “The title of ‘cosmetic surgeon’ has no official status with the Australian Medical Board, AHPRA, Medicare or the health insurers, making banning its use a logical step,” he said.“The use of fake and fabricated titles in cosmetic surgery by doctors not registered as Surgeons is a serious issue that requires urgent intervention in the interest of patient safety.”The survey provided measurements of understanding and beliefs around certain terms used to describe people who perform cosmetic surgery, with a total of 2,001 responses received over a three week period in October 2019.A qualified specialist plastic surgeon has completed not only their medical degree (indicated by the letters ‘MBBS’ in their credentials), but they have then completed an additional 7-10 years of post graduate surgical training.For Dr Sharp, this involved serving two years in regional and metropolitan hospitals as senior house officer and principal house officer, before being accepted onto the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons’ general surgery training program. He then spent three years training in general surgery, followed by an additional five years training under the College’s plastic surgery fellowship training program.This training culminates in a Fellowship of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons (indicated by the letters ‘FRACS’ in credentials).A RACS qualified plastic surgeon has the letters FRACS (Plast) after their name. Most plastic surgeons are members of the Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons and the Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons, which require them to comply with the societies’ codes of conduct; protecting patients and upholding world-class standards of professional conduct.In Australia, the Royal Australasian College of Surgeon’s fellowship programs are the only surgical training programs recognised by the Medical Board, however there is no legal requirement for doctors to undergo this training in order to call themselves a ‘surgeon’. It is important to understand that if your doctor is not a registered member of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons, they have not undergone the rigorous selection process, advanced surgical training and passed the clinical and theoretical examinations required to become a qualified plastic surgeon.Patient resources: EClick here to find out if your surgeon is a qualified plastic surgeon, via the RACS Find A Surgeon portal. ERead more about the survey results here. EFor a refresher on what gives a qualified specialist plastic surgeon their title, click here.
Lymphatic massage with HydraFacial boostHydraFacial is a medical grade facial that combines lymphatic drainage with deep cleansing and pore extraction.In combination with your HydraFacial treatment, lymphatic drainage works to improve circulation, as well as detoxify, tone and firm skin.Gentle lymphatic massage can stimulate the opening of the lymphatic system, increase lymph flow and assist in the drainage of fluid and toxins.This can be integrated into your standard HydraFacial treatment to reduce puffiness and fluid retention, but it can also be used after facelift surgery to stimulate lymphatic drainage and optimal recovery.The lymphatic system is responsible for filtering our blood from toxins, bacteria and viruses. It also helps to drain and channel away swelling after surgery. It is therefore imperative we keep this defense mechanism operating well for a healthy immune system and our general wellbeing. The Sharp Clinic provides this treatment as part of our HydraFacial services. The HydraFacial device uses high pressure suction applied in a specialised directional method to manually massage and drain lymph nodes.HydraFacial is a medical grade facial that combines lymphatic drainage with deep cleansing and pore extraction, before saturating the skin with treatment serums and finishing with intensive infrared.This is the only procedure that combines cleansing; exfoliation, extraction, hydration, antioxidant protection and red LED light therapy all in one.HydraFacial is different from any other facial in that it is a clinically proven treatment that is designed to work beneath the skin, rather than just ontop of the skin to produce instantly visible results that last.Each HydraFacial experience uses a series of HydroPeel tips with a unique spiral design, which creates a vortex effect to easily dislodge and remove impurities while simultaneously introducing hydrating skin solutions with potent active ingredients.
How long after acne medication can I have Fraxel laser treatment?Acne can affect teenagers and adults of all ages; impacting their health, wellbeing and self confidence. Isotretinoin, also known as 13-cis-retinoic acid and sold under the brand name Accutane or Roaccutane (among others), is commonly used to treat severe acne. Laser therapy isn’t recommended while patients are taking this medication, due to the skin sensitivities it causes.After coming off acne medication, patients often still have pits, blemishes, red bumps, box-car scars or general unevenness in their complexion.Fraxel Dual laser is a popular scar-reduction and skin-refining treatment for patients after they finish taking acne medication; not only does it refine residual scarring, but it also helps to regulate the skin and reduce pigmentation and congestion.How soon after finishing acne medication can I have Fraxel laser?Some studies show that laser treatment can be undertaken as early as one month afterwards, but in general, nonablative fractional laser therapy is deemed to be safest approximately 3 to 6 months after ceasing oral isotretinoin treatment. What are the different types of acne scars?The Sharp Clinic’s skin therapist Diane Lehto says there are two different types of acne scars: acne scarring and post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation or hypopigmentation.“Post inflammatory hyperpigmentation are dark spots where pimples used to be; hypopigmentation are light-coloured spots,” Diane says.“They can make your skin look patchy and uneven, and can be difficult to cover up with makeup or concealer.“The second type of acne scarring is a textural problem often referred to as ice pick scars, which look like small punctures or divots in the skin.” This occurs when a sebaceous oil gland develops an infection large enough that it tears the skin layers apart, damaging the structure of the skin.Over time, these scars can become less visible, but in some cases of severe acne scarring, they might always be evident. Laser and dermal fillers can often reduce their appearance.How Fraxel helpsDiane explains that Fraxel uses light energy to create tiny micro-columns in the skin, so the body’s natural collagen response is stimulated, and collagen is produced. At the same time, the upper surface of the skin exfoliates off, removing pigmentation – so essentially the rejuvenation occurs on both the skin’s surface, and deeper below.Fractional laser leaves a lot of the skin intact, meaning patients don’t lose healthy skin along with scar tissue. It also reduces the downtime associated with the treatment. Patients usually look like they have sunburn for a few days, and then experience flaking skin for up to a week on their face; or longer on other parts of the body that have less oil production.How much does Fraxel cost?Full face Fraxel treatments start from $990 and face and décolletage packages start at $1200. It is also suitable for the neck, back and other areas of the body that can be impacted by acne scarring. Some patients are satisfied with their results after just one treatment; others with very extensive acne scarring will need 2-3 treatments to achieve their final result. Spot treatments are also available.Alternatives to Fraxel laser for acne scarringDermapen microneedling can be used to treat textural acne scars. Microneedling involves using a device that creates micro traumas to the skin, to kick start the production of collagen to repair the damage. Diane says that Dermapen can improve the texture of your skin over time to be flatter and smoother, with minimal downtime. It can also be combined with platelet rich plasma (or PRP) treatments, which use your own stem cells to help stimulate the skin’s natural healing response. Patients usually find their skin is a little red for 24 hours afterwards, and can feel slightly tight or dry for around seven days after the treatment. Each session costs from $250 for a standard full face Dermapen treatment, and 2 to 5 treatments are needed, depending on the severity of the scarring.Call 07 3202 4744 to book a complimentary consult with Diane to learn more about the scar reduction treatments suitable for you.
Report: Australian Breast Device RegistryThe Australian Breast Device Registry (ABDR) has released their Annual Report, detailing 3,544 reconstructive and 9,337 aesthetic breast procedures performed in public and private hospitals during 2018 and a total of 10,762 reconstructive and 29,206 aesthetic procedures from 2012 to 2018.The report provides important insights into procedures and implant details, surgical techniques, complications and revision rates on data from 37,000 patients.Established in 2015, the ABDR is a world-leading registry service led by Monash University, with the support of Australian Society of Plastic Surgeons (ASPS) and the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA). Surgeons are able to voluntarily submit information about the implants they place in patients. This enables patients to have a central national point of registration for their implants, while also facilitating the monitoring of prosthesis’ safety profiles and enhancing quality of care for breast implant patients.Each of Dr Sharp’s patients have their implants registered (it is free of charge), but can choose to opt out of the registry if they wish.Australia wide, 514 surgeons operating at 280 hospitals and day surgeries had contributed data. Key findings included: EThe total number of procedures captured by ABDR in 2018 was 13,718, including 3,544 reconstructive and 9,337 aesthetic procedures. EAt the end of 2018, 37,603 patients had procedures captured by the ABDR, an addition of 11,990 in 2018. E 74% of breast implant procedures were registered (up from 65% in 2017 and 44 % in 2016
Considering surgery in 2020? Here are four things to think about… Great surgical results are the coming together of good preparation, great surgical skills, optimal post operative recovery, good health/nutrition and mental wellbeing. New rules that came into play in recent years ensured that patients and their surgeons can’t rush into cosmetic procedures – which is a good thing! Planning ahead, taking the time to get informed and ensuring that you have considered your recovery process, financial costs and surgical goals, helps set you up for the best possible outcome, and an enjoyable experience along the way. Here are some questions that our patient coordinator, Katy, recommends patients ask themselves if they are considering surgery in 2020:What do I want to achieve?Ask yourself to articulate what you don’t like – and importantly – what you do like about your appearance. Think about the specific changes you’d like to see. Is there a certain look you definitely don’t want to achieve? And how do you expect having surgery will make you feel; both during and after the process? Consider whether you’ll be okay with the possibility that your results might be immediately visible (as is the case of breast augmentation) or could take a full year to reveal themselves, as rhinoplasty results can. Talk to a trusted person about your concerns or desires – and feel free to bring them along to the consultation with your surgeon; it might make you feel more comfortable, and can also help you remember what was discussed during your appointment!What is my ideal time frame for surgery?If you have your heart set on a specific time of year for your surgery, ideally, book your first consultation 4 – 6 months prior, especially if you’re planning surgery during busy periods, such as Christmas or school holidays. The only downside to choosing a great surgeon is that there might be a wait to get an initial appointment (with good reason – they’re busy because they’re popular!) but we understand it can be very disappointing to find that the theatre lists during your scheduled annual leave break are all booked up. Ask your surgeon if they have a Priority Waiting List. In our clinics, we can often bring our patients’ appointments forward by weeks or months, just by registering them on this list. Most of the time, your surgery will be anywhere from 2-4 months after your initial consultation, depending on availability on theatre lists at your preferred hospital. Often you will have a second or third complimentary consultation in the interim. And don’t plan to have surgery just before major life events; give yourself plenty of time to heal before a wedding, reunion or big holiday!Can I take enough time off work?Most procedures require 1-2 weeks off work, and if your job involves heavy lifting or lots of physical activity, you may need to return on reduced activities for up to 6 weeks, longer if you’re a slow healer or have other health issues. Talk to us so we can help you plan ahead. If you have a cosmetic procedure with Dr Sharp, you will have at least 3 post op consultations, so it’s also good to consider how you will be able to attend these around work commitments after your surgery.Do I need private health insurance?It’s always beneficial to have private health insurance if you are having surgery. Some procedures, such as abdominoplasty, brachioplasty or thigh reduction after massive weightloss, carry MBS item numbers which significantly reduces your out of pocket costs, and gives you peace of mind knowing you have any post operative hospital admissions covered. But even if your planned procedure doesn’t have MBS item numbers (and is considered entirely cosmetic), if you experience any complications or health issues after surgery, your private health insurance usually covers most of the associated costs. Readmission to hospital after cosmetic surgery is very rare amongst our patients, but it does happen from time to time and when it does, private health insurance is very reassuring.Have more questions for us?Our experienced patient care team have extensive experience navigating these questions, and are available for an obligation free phone chat on 07 3202 4744 to discuss the procedure you are interested in, the potential costs involved and whether or not you might be eligible for rebates.
Breast implant safety update: the TGA announcementIn recent months the Therapeutic Goods Administration have undertaken an enormous amount of work, commissioning internal scientific reviews, meeting with external advisory groups, liaising with overseas regulatory authorities and research groups to advance public safety on sound scientific evidence for breast implant safety. We welcome news today that following the Therapeutic Goods Administration’s (TGA) thorough review of breast implants sold in Australia, they have taken a range of regulatory actions to address BIA-ALCL risks. We are also pleased to advise that the high quality implants Dr Sharp uses (Mentor and Motiva) are not involved in any of the suspensions or voluntary recalls resulting from the TGA’s investigations, due to their low incidence of complications and BIA-ALCL rates. All surgery carries risks, and patient safety is front of mind in every decision we make; as such, breast implant risks have been addressed by Dr Sharp in our clinics for years, with: Ethe use of high quality micro and nano textured implants EDr Sharp taking the Macquarie University 14 Point Plan Pledge Euse of the Australian Breast Device Register for all breast implant procedures performed by Dr Sharp Eto promote patient awareness, the risk of BIA-ALCL is always included in the informed consent and consultation process with Dr Sharp. We believe that every patient deserves to be fully informed, and so this has been part of our practice, since long before it was recommended or required.Even if you have macro textured breast implants, the TGA says removal is not requiredBreast Implant Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma (BIA-ALCL) is very rare. Evidence based recommendations are that removal of breast implants is not required in a person who has no symptoms or concerns. If you have a breast implant and detect any change in the breast or armpit such as swelling, a lump or pain, you should consult your plastic surgeon.Some breast implant devices have been suspended. This means that these implants will not be available on the Australian market for the next six months. During this period, the implant providers will have the opportunity to provide additional information to the TGA about their implants’ safety and performance.The implants Dr Sharp uses are not included in the suspensionSuspended implants are those that are macrotextured – grade 3 and 4 and some microtextured implants associated with higher incidences of BIA-ALCL and other clinical concerns. To support the ongoing monitoring of BIA-ALCL, all cases of BIA-ALCL must be reported to the TGA by implant suppliers within 10 working days of becoming aware of the adverse event.To support greater vigilance and increased awareness and data collection on this issue, the TGA requires implant suppliers to provide reports every six months. These reports must include supply data and detail all adverse events and complaints received regarding breast implant and tissue expander devices, both in Australia and worldwide, including BIA-ALCL, capsular contracture, or rupture of the implant.In addition to this, Dr Sharp chooses to independently use the Australian Breast Device Register which records all implants he places. The Australian Breast Device Registry (ABDR) is a Commonwealth Government health initiative that records information on surgeries involving breast devices, such as breast implants. It is are a long term project to help safeguard the health of people undergoing breast device surgery. For many patients, the ABDR provides peace of mind that their device details are recorded. If you’ve had an augmentation, reconstruction or removal and replacement with Dr Sharp, your implant details are registered here for perpetuity. What are micro and nano textured implants?Textured implants were an innovation in implant science, developed to reduce the risk of a common complication, called capsular contracture. By texturing the implant’s surface, the body was less likely to create a thick, hardened capsule that constricted the implant and created a hardened, sometimes uncomfortable, result years after implantation. Also, because the implants weren’t textured, they didn’t tend to move around as much or rotate, so different shapes could then be used in a texture implant, like the tear drop or anatomical implants commonly used today – to create a beautifully sloped, natural looking breast many women desire. Prior to this, only smooth implants were used, and these always had to be round. This is because their smooth surface meant they could rotate, and an anatomical or tear drop implant that rotates will distort the breast shape.We often warn that ‘all implants are not created equal’, because (among other factors), the type of texturing involved in the implant’s surface can determine how much bacteria it holds when being implanted. Some texturing holds a lot, while other texturing is cleverly engineered to offer ‘textured’ benefits with much lower risks of bacterial contamination and ensuing BIA-ALCL. These are the implants Dr Sharp uses. When placed under a microscope, the difference between the surface topography and area of each implant brand can be seen, as they use very different techniques to create texturing. Learn more here about different breast implant surface textures, safety profiles and quality. Breast implants and risksTo support informed patient choices, patients undergoing breast implants placement always have access to a patient information documentation that includes information about warnings and risks associated with implants. Information relating to the Australian Breast Device Registry is also included, to support ongoing reporting and monitoring. BIA-ALCL is very rare, and the clinical advice remains that, without symptoms, it is not necessary to remove your breast implants. Instead, patients who have breast implants, should regularly check their breasts and see their doctor if they notice any changes.The Australian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons (ASAPS) responseAs the preeminent body representing Specialist Plastic Surgeons who specialise in cosmetic surgery, the Australasian Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons (ASAPS) has welcomed the TGA’s findings into breast implants and breast tissue expanders that were released today.Dr Naveen Somia, President of the ASAPS, said the review has prioritised patient safety with the breast implants that have the highest risk of Breast Implant-Associated Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma (BIA-ALCL), while leaving viable implant options for patients on the market. ASAPS recommends that patients prioritise their safety when considering breast augmentation surgery by taking the following steps:1. Seeking a surgeon who is accredited as a Specialist Surgeon by the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA). These surgeons are committed to life long learning and best practice techniques and procedures2. Ensuring their surgeon uses stringent breast implant infection control standards, such as the 14-Point-Plan3. Having the procedure in a licensed facility4. Confirming that their surgeon only uses TGA approved implants If you have any questions or concerns regarding breast implant safety, call us on 07 3202 4744 to book a consultation with Dr Sharp and learn more about the steps you can take to ensure your optimal outcome and long term health when undergoing breast augmentation surgery.CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn more
Our top four melasma treatmentsMelasma is a type of skin pigmentation, related to sun exposure and hormones. It occurs more frequently in women (often after pregnancy), but can also be seen in men. It is experienced by patients of all skin types, with most common location on the cheeks, upper lip, chest/neck and forehead.Due to our high sun exposure levels in Queensland, melasma is one of the most common skin condition complaints we see in our clinics. We have developed a range of scientifically proven therapies to effectively treat this persistent skin concern. Skin therapist Diane Lehto explains our treatment options below:1. Sun protectionPrevention is always best, so sunscreen and sun protection are the most important aspects of our approach to keeping melasma under control.Daily sunscreen use is imperative, all year round in Australia.We recommend SPF50 and above. View our range of high quality sunscreen products here.For those who like a quick two-in-one solution, we love our Synergie Mineral Whip makeup.2. Microneedling with platelet rich plasma (PRP)If you are prone to melasma, even with great sun protection unfortunately you’re still likely to see it pop up, especially after hormonal changes or a summer holiday.Dermapen microneedling is a quick and easy way to exfoliate the superficial layer of the skin and stimulate healthy skin growth.We often combine Dermapen with PRP for a boost of collagen and to address fine lines and poor skin condition. 3. Fraxel laser therapyFraxel laser therapy is used to resurface the skin and peel the abnormal skin off so it can be replaced by normal non-sundamaged skin. If you have recurrent melasma, it might be necessary to have maintenance Fraxel treatments every 1-2 years to keep your pigmentation at bay and boost your results.Left, before and 7 days after Fraxel laser treatment for melasma at The Sharp Clinic. 4. Maintain with high quality skincareOnce you’ve lifted off the melasma, it’s important to maintain your results.Our skincare range addresses sun damage, by reversing and preventing UV induced genetic errors – while regulating melanogenesis, to reduce hyperpigmentation; resulting in a bright and even skin tone. Combination therapy is bestFor optimal results, we recommend a holistic approach to melasma treatment that includes high quality topical treatments and periodic active facials to prevent and maintain your skin – and advanced resurfacing technology to reduce any melasma that develops. This requires some commitment to maintaining good skin health. But the great news is, these solutions not only improve melasma, but also help reduce your chances of developing some forms of skin cancer – so you are helping to protect you skin for the long term too! Book a complimentary consultation with Diane at our clinics by calling 3202 4744.
How Much Do Facelifts Cost?I’m interested in having a facelift but I’ve heard they are very expensive – and involve a long recovery.How much do they cost, and how long will I need to take off work? - patient Dr Sharp:In contemporary plastic surgery, facelift procedures fall on a spectrum of operations that can be performed to reduce deep folds around the mouth, mid face excess skin, an undefined jawline and sagging in the lower face and upper neck.Therefore some patients with early lower face aging only require a small amount of excess skin to be removed in front of – or below – the ear to see an improvement in the jawline definition they seek. These are commonly called ‘S’ lifts or mini lifts and are sometimes performed under local anaesthetic, or under general anaesthetic as day surgery. The procedure takes 1 to 1.5 hours and patients can return to work the following day, but most take a week off work until their sutures are removed.Generally, most facelifts involve some plication or detachment of the SMAS layer, so the underlying facial structure can be lifted and tightened. When this occurs, the surgery is performed under general anaesthetic and takes anywhere from 2.5 to 4 hours. Small drains are required for 24-48 hours and a support garment is worn following surgery.Most patients take at least 2 weeks off work to allow bruising and initial swelling to dissipate. Patients return to our clinic at intervals during the first 6 months for diligent post operative care.The total cost factors in the surgeon, surgical assistant, anaesthetist, hospital and theatre fees – as well as post operative compression garment and multiple post operative appointments. Each facelift procedure is tailored to suit the patient, so the cost can vary. Mini facelifts performed under local anaesthetic start from $4,500.Full facelifts (including upper neck) cost around $19,500. This includes post operative laser resurfacing/scar optimisation treatment (valued at $1,000).Facelift is ideal for patients who are at a healthy weight, and is often teamed with fat grafting and blepharoplasty surgery. When other procedures are added, the total cost increases, due to the additional time required in theatre. As with all cosmetic surgery, our patients are provided with a comprehensive estimate of fees document following their initial consultation, detailing all inclusions.Cost is an important consideration when undergoing surgery, but its also important to weigh up: Ewhether your surgeon performs this procedure frequently Ethe information provided to you at your consultation; was your surgeon transparent about the risks and expected results. Honesty (even the bits you don't want to hear) is very important Ehow your surgeon makes you feel during your pre operative process; feeling respected and heard is paramount when embarking upon a surgical journey. It can be an emotional process, so you need to resonate with your surgeon and their interpersonal approach.Facelifts are expensive, but please keep in mind that this is a lengthy, complex procedure that requires advanced anatomical knowledge, many years of specialist surgical training and skilled post operative support. Ask lots of questions at your pre operative consultations, and seek the opinion of more than one specialist plastic surgeon when planning this procedure.Ask us your facelift question! Name Email Address Message 11 + 8 = Submit
Lower face aging: what are my options? I’m 55 and over the last 5 years I’ve noticed a rapid change in my lower face. In what felt like a very short amount of time, I felt like I aged very quickly. I still feel young on the inside, but on the outside I have loose skin around my jaw, jowls and the beginnings of my dad’s turkey gobble neck! What are my options? - patient Dr Sharp:The lower face, jawline and upper neck commonly show the first signs of ageing; jowls, folds between the nose and mouth corners, slack skin around the jawline and thinning, sagging skin around the neck. Hence it’s a common focus area for our treatments and procedures. Non surgical options for early signs of double chin/neck and jawline sagging include dermal fillers, fat dissolving injections and strategic use of muscle relaxer or fillers. Surgical options include facelift or mini facelift surgery.Injectable fillers and muscle relaxersDermal filler can be placed along the jawline or cheekbones to lift and firm the early signs of jowling. The cost will depend on the amount of filler required, and usually ranges from $1200 to $2400. Muscle relaxing injections to address muscle issues costs $12.50 per unit. We use only the highest quality dermal fillers and wrinkle injections. Read more about these treatments here.Under or ‘double’ chin fat dissolving injectionsWe find most patients with mild to moderate deposits of fat in this area only require 3 treatment sessions to get great results. Fat dissolving injections are not rebatable through Medicare unfortunately, as they are considered a cosmetic treatment. Click here to read more about dissolving double chins and unwanted fat deposits on your upper neck.Facelift surgeryThis procedure can range from a minor operation performed under local anaesthetic in our clinic to remove a small amount of excess skin on the lower face – through to a full facelift with neck lift, tightening the deep underlying structures of the face and repositioning fat pads that have migrated south. To read more about facelift surgery please click here.Our facelift patients range from people in their late 30’s seeking our unique Sharp Lift technique, which firms and redefines, addressing early jowls and lower face laxity while using nano fat grafting to plump and revolumise – through to men and women in their 70’s who are looking for the natural-looking, ‘total’ facelift results. Each facelift is crafted to suit the individual patient’s anatomy and desired result.How can I determine the best treatments for my face?Ultimately the best decision for you will be based upon a number of factors, including: Ehow much excess skin you have in this area of your face Eyour natural bone structure, jawline and chin projection Eany unwanted fat deposits Ethe condition of your skin Eyour budget and; Emost importantly, your desired outcomeNot sure? Book a complimentary consultation with our clinicianCall us on 07 3202 4744 if you would like to arrange a booking – or if you have any further questions you would like to discuss with us. Our team prides itself on delivering gold standard clinical care, whether you are having non surgical treatments or surgery with us, you will always receive honest, transparent advice and plenty of information to make an informed decision about your face.Ask us your facial ageing question! Name Email Address Message 9 + 9 = Submit
What I wish I’d known before I had breast augmentation surgery…Breast augmentation surgery is now one of the world’s most commonly performed cosmetic surgery procedures. There are over 60,000,000 implants currently implanted in women around the world. Despite being a popular procedure, there are some important factors and considerations to make when undergoing breast augmentation surgery. We are very up front about costs, credentials, implant benefits, risks and recovery. We frequently receive enquiries from women who have had breast augmentation surgery elsewhere in the past and wish to have their surgery revised. We’ve collated the most common “what I wish I’d known” statements below. It’s important to ask questions and get as much information as possible (and read it carefully) the first time around, to ensure an optimal outcome:1. What are my surgeon’s credentials?Did you know, in Australia, any doctor can legally call themselves a ‘surgeon’ even if they haven’t undergone the Medical Board recognised training with the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons. If your doctor calls themselves a surgeon and isn’t on this list, they aren’t a qualified Specialist Plastic Surgeon. Specialist plastic surgeons undergo extensive training in surgical safety, infection prevention techniques and implant selection to ensure a low risk of infection. To further increase patient safety in breast implant surgery, a 14-Point-Plan has been developed by Specialist Plastic Surgeons to minimise the risk of bacterial contamination of an implant and improve outcomes.Specialist Plastic Surgeons are committed to lifelong learning in breast implant surgery to update their skills and knowledge continually, ensuring they are equipped with the latest skills and technological advancements.2. What is the safety profile of my implants and what are their warranty provisions?Specialist Plastic Surgeons use products that are approved by the TGA. Not all implants are created equal; they carry different risks, warranty provisions (ranging from very restricted short term cover through to life long support should you have a complication). Your surgeon should be able to explain the difference between the key brands of implants currently available. It is likely your surgeon has a specific brand of implants that she or he favours, and they should be able to explain to you in detail as to why they have chosen these. The implants Dr Sharp uses come with extensive replacement and warranty provisions, offering additional peace of mind to patients.3. What safety measures does my surgeon take when performing augmentation surgery?In Australia, Specialist Plastic Surgeons operate in licensed hospital facilities that have excellent infection control standards to ensure the best outcomes for patients. The diligent and systematic application of antimicrobial strategies at the time of breast implant surgery has been shown to reduce the risk of implant complications. You surgeon will be able to explain the steps they take to ensure best practice standards are upheld, or exceeded.4. What might my recovery look like and what do I need to consider when planning my recovery?Good questions to ask might include: EHow much time will I need off work? EWhen can I return to the gym (and what I can return to doing)? EHow am I going to lift my young child in and out of the car for the first 6-12 weeks? EDo I have a special event coming up and will this impact the outfit I can wear or activities I can participate in? EWhat if my recovery doesn't go to plan or takes longer; how will that impact my income, lifestyle or finances?5. Am I clear on what I do and don’t like about my breasts; and do I have realistic expectations?Plastic surgery isn’t an exact science (as much as we wish it was). Each patient is unique and comes with a different body shape, chest width, skin condition and health profile. While your surgeon will do their absolute best to achieve your desired outcome it’s important to remember that this procedure is about improving – not perfecting – your breasts. If you are chasing perfection or want to look identical to someone else, you might be disappointed with your end result. When performed by a specialist plastic surgeons with high quality implants under the right surgical conditions, breast augmentation is very safe procedure. The above information is by no means exhaustive; our patients have at least 2 consultations with Dr Sharp before their surgery and spend at least 1.5 hours in the clinic with us covering off a wide range of information before having their procedure.Having a breast augmentation can be an exciting experience but it’s not something to rush into. See more than one surgeon, ask lots of questions and do your research!
In the press: West End NewsWest End magazine has taken a look at our luxurious new clinic in this article, featuring the custom built space we recently opened in Cordelia Street, South Brisbane!“For many people who visit our clinics, its the beginning of a new chapter in their lives – sometimes, its the first thing they’ve donee for themselves in decades. so the gravity of their time in the clinic, and what that might represent to them, is never lost on us. Every visit is special, and so we wanted a special space.”Read more about our luxe new clinic here!
Textured implant updateThe TGA are reviewing textured implants. Not all textured implants are the same; there are different types of textured surfaces (macro, micro and nano) and each carry different safety profiles.No decision has been made to suspend or cancel the implants Dr Sharp uses.When a textured implant is required to achieve a specific result that a patient desires, in consultation with the patient, either Mentor Siltex (microtextured) and Motiva (nanotextured) implants are used.The latest research shows that the Mentor microtextured implants carry a 1 in 86,029 chance of developing BIA-ALCL. If you have textured implants or are considering them, we understand recent news might raise some questions and concerns for you and your loved ones. Nothing is more important to us than the health and safety of the women Dr Sharp operates on.Current literature and real world evidence shows that the risk of developing BIA-ALCL differs between different textured implants and has been shown to be rare with the implants we use. Motiva are relatively new to the market in Australia and are nano textured, meaning their surface has been created to specifically avoid the causes of BIA-ALCL. Mentor breast implants are supported by long term clinical data, including three 10 year prospective clinical trials.If I have textured implants, do I need to have them removed?If you have no symptoms, you do not need to have your implants removed.What are the symptoms of BIA-ALCL?The common presentation is fluid swelling around the breast implant and in the space between the implant and breast implant capsule – called a ‘late seroma’. The diagnosis of the tumor is made by examining the seroma fluid.Is BIA-ALCL breast cancer?BIA-ALCL not breast cancer. Breast cancer affects 1 in 8 Australian women. The implants we use carry a 1 in 86,000 risk.BIA-ALCL is a rare type of lymphoma that develops adjacent to breast implants, usually as a swelling of the breast 3-14 years after insertion. This swelling is due to fluid building up in the fibrous capsule that surrounds the implant and does not develop in the breast tissue itself. It can also present as a swelling or lump in the breast or armpit. The incidence of BIA-ALCL is very low.How common are textured breast implants?There are approximately 60 million textured breast prosthesis implanted in women.All surgery carries risks and no cosmetic procedure is without potential complications. It’s important to be fully informed of your options, and weigh up these risks to make sure they are acceptable to you before undergoing surgery.Dr Sharp is ethically and clinically committed to providing the safest available prosthesis for patients to achieve their desired results. Implants are selected in consultation with patients, with the latest data and long term safety in mind.☎️ If you have any concerns or questions, call us on 07 3202 4744 or email info@drdavidsharp.com.au.👩💻 To read more, please click on the resource links below:– About BIA-ALCL and latest research results: https://bit.ly/2UtarRJ– TGA Website: http://www.tga.gov.au/breast-implant-associated-anaplastic-large-cell-lymphoma-bia-alcl
5 ways to reduce bruisingA bruise appears when tiny blood vessels are damaged, through surgery, injury or puncture. Blood gets trapped under the skin, causing a bruise. Some people are more predisposed to bruising than others; blood thinning medications or certain vitamin deficiencies can increase the risk of bruising. Bruises will heal in time as the body reabsorbs the blood. Although bruises are common after surgery and injectables treatments, there are ways to accelerate the healing process:Arnica: there’s a lack of scientific evidence to conclusively support arnica as a bruise reduction treatment, but anecdotally, we find arnica tablets speed up the reduction of bruising and swelling in the week after surgery; especially after facelift surgery.Hirudoid cream: contains MPS (mucopolysaccharides) which promotes tissue regeneration and reduction of swelling and inflammation. The cream is gently massaged into the bruised area twice daily, avoiding the incision line.Ice therapy: for the early stages of bruising. This can prevent the bruise from being as apparent and reduce swelling. Apply ice over the bruised area, but not over your incisions (if you’ve had surgery). Ice the bruise for 10 minutes at a time. Wait 20 minutes before reapplying.LED light therapy: can help speed up the breakdown of bruises.Conceal: use a high coverage or camouflage concealer such as Dermablend, which is available in pharmacies. This can be applied over the bruise. If you’ve had surgery, don’t apply the concealer over your incision line.As always, what you put in your body will impact your recovery. Avoiding processed foods, salt, sugar and alcohol before and after surgery – and sticking to good water intake and healthy, whole foods – will assist with optimal healing. Incorporate fruit and vegetables that offer antioxidant and anti inflammatory benefits, such as pineapple – which is packed with bromelain – or celery which offers vitamins B6, C and K. Everything in moderation; ginger and turmeric also have anti inflammatory benefits, but very high doses can worsen bruising, so go easy on them! If you are a patient of Dr Sharp’s and having a cosmetic or large reconstructive procedure, your black post operative bag will contain some products to assist with your recovery and bruising. Our clinics also offer complimentary Hirudoid cream for our surgical and injectables patients.How long do bruises take to fade after surgery or injectables?About 2 weeks; for milder or more superficial bruising (common after injectables), bruises can fade within 1 week to be almost indistinguishable. Bruising can appear immediately as a red or pink patch; within the first 2 days, the hemoglobin (the part of your blood that carries oxygen) changes and the bruise turns a blue, purple or black colour. After 5 to 10 days, the bruise turns green or yellow. Then after 10 or 14 days, it turns yellow brown or light brown colour before disappearing altogether. They can be tender to touch during this period.How does a bruise differ from a haematoma?A haematoma occurs when the body cannot heal the bruise as easily or quickly as a minor injury. A bruise occurs when a small amount of blood comes out of the vessel. A haematoma usually involves a larger amount of blood; this sometimes occurs after surgery when blood pools in the tissues, and the body cannot quickly process the blood as it does with a bruise. As a result, a haematoma stays the same color and firmness after several days rather than demonstrating the same aforementioned healing progress as a bruise. If you think you might have a haematoma, contact your surgeon to find out if it requires further treatment. In some cases, the haematoma can be removed through draining or surgically removing the collection of blood.Should I be worried about my bruising?Although they can be unsightly, bruises are not typically cause for clinical concern after surgery or injectables. They usually heal on their own. But, in some cases, a patient may need to seek medical attention for their bruising. Your bruise should not cause your limbs to become numb or lose function. This is especially the case if: Eyou have recently had a dermal filler treatment and find that part of your face on or near the site of the injections has become blue, purple or black. This can be a sign of occlusion and requires urgent medical attention. Eafter surgery, if you find that your bruise is firm and does not fade or change in the manner explained above. This could indicate that you have a haematoma. The location, size, and cause of the haematoma will determine how to treat it.The information contained in this article relates to bruising after surgery or injectables and does not relates to bruising due to other trauma. The article does not constitute medical advice; if you are concerned, you should seek the advice of your doctor. If you are one of Dr Sharp’s patients, we will monitor your bruising and provide advice as your healing progresses. Any concerns regarding your bruises should be promptly raised with us.
Lip flip vs lip lift: what is the difference?My upper lip is very thin and curls under when I smile, showing the gum above my teeth. I’ve found that even when I have fillers, my lip still looks like it curls up and under, especially when I smile.Can cosmetic injections help or do I need lip lift surgery to correct this? - patient Deborah:Cosmetic muscle relaxing injections can be injected into the muscle above the top lip (orbicularis oris) to relax it slightly, softening a gummy smile – or rolling the lip out, giving the appearance of more volume. While both procedures cause the upper lip to ‘kick’ out more, the results of lip lift surgery differs from lip flick injections in that the injections relax the muscles around the upper lip, while surgery shortens the distance between the upper lip and the nose (philtrum). Dr Sharp explains lip lift surgery (pictured above) in more detail here.Lip flick injections strategically and temporarily reduce repetitive muscle movements associated with the development of wrinkles around the mouth. They are often used in conjunction with dermal filler injections. The treatment takes 5 to 10 minutes, causes minimal discomfort and the results of this procedure last between 3 to 5 months.When used alone, or in combination with fillers, muscle relaxing injections give lips a subtle pout by flipping out the lip line, rolling the lip gently outward and providing a fuller appearance.With so many options now available thanks to modern lip enhancement techniques and procedures, it can be difficult to know which treatment works best for you. At our consultations, we will assess your face and upper lip appearance, and advise the best treatment or procedure to achieve you aesthetic goal.Muscle relaxing lip injections Eslightly relax muscles that surround the upper lip Ereduce gummy smile Ehelp flick out the top lip making it look fuller Elast 3-5 months Ecost: from $25 per treatment Etakes 5-10 mins per visit Eno downtimeDermal filler lip injections Eenhances lip volume, projection and shape Elast 10-18 months Efrom $499 per treatment E20 mins per visit (longer if you require anaesthetic cream) Esometimes swelling and bruising can be visible for 3-7 daysLip lift surgery Ereduces the distance between the upper lip and the nose Eincision in crease under the nose Eflicks out the top lip making it look fuller Elong term results Ecost: from $2750 Etakes 40-60 minutes E1 week downtimeIt’s important to remember that dermal filler adds volume, which makes the lip appear larger by literally making it bigger, while anti-wrinkle injections relax muscle around the mouth and rolls the lip outward, creating the illusion of a bigger lip — without the added volume. Dermal fillers can be used in conjunction with muscle relaxing injections as well as lip lift surgery.Ask us your lip enhancement question! Name Email Address Message 13 + 9 = Submit
IS MODERN BREAST AUGMENTATION SURGERY SAFER THAN EVER BEFORE?Is breast augmentation surgery considered to be a safe procedure?Specifically, are modern breast implants safer than the implants used in the past and is there anything I can do to make sure my surgery is as safe as possible? - patient Dr Sharp:It’s great to hear you are thinking about these factors before your augmentation surgery, as they are important pre operative considerations.I only offer procedures that I believe are safe and ethical; if it’s a procedure that I’d caution my family against having, I will not offer it to my patients. Breast augmentation surgery is a safe surgical procedure, if you use a qualified plastic surgeon, opt for high quality implants and promptly seek medical advice if you have any concerns regarding your breasts in the future.With new-generation implant options and surgical techniques, breast augmentation today is safer than ever and can help women achieve the natural look they want while also improving their breast shape and volume.While there are many different factors that contribute to ideal results and a safe outcome, there are four key benefits of modern breast augmentation surgery.Modern implantsDecades of research suggest that breast augmentation surgery is safe when performed by a qualified plastic surgeon using quality implants and best practice surgical techniques. The implants I use are filled with cohesive gel silicone, which means that even if a traumatic injury was to result in a rupture, the silicone maintains its shape and usually stays within the implant capsule. These implants also feature nano or micro texturing, which balances our desire to minimise the risk of implant migration or capsular contracture by using a textured implant – with the safety benefits of a superiorly engineered implant surface.Sophisticated techniquesIn addition to having access to a wider range of implant options, surgeons now often utilise a spectrum of new techniques, with shorter incisions and less downtime resulting.The use of Keller funnels and micro and nano textured implants – to reduce the risk of bacterial contamination and associated risks – has been accompanied by more long term research and scientific analysis of breast implants than ever before.Natural looking resultsWe have moved away from the ‘bigger is better’ mantra; modern breast augmentation patients usually want natural looking, sustainable results. For most women, the goal of breast augmentation is to increase breast volume and improve asymmetry but to do so subtly for a very believable result. More proportionate implants, sized and positioned to suit the natural anatomy, place less strain on surrounding tissues and structures, resulting in a better long term outcome.Breast augmentation plastic surgery specialistsNot every doctor that implants breast prosthesis in Australia is a qualified surgeon. Sadly, some of them pass themselves off as ‘surgeons’ despite not having undergone Medical Board recognised specialist plastics training. Despite widespread media regarding the potentially catastrophic consequences of choosing an unqualified surgeon to perform surgery, patients still tell us they’re confused about the difference between a ‘qualified’ and ‘unqualified’ surgeon. Choosing a RACS qualified, specialist plastic surgeon (denoted by the ‘FRACS Plast’ after their name) who understands the latest breast enhancement options, techniques and trends is the best place to start. You can locate qualified plastic surgeons in your area here. Your plastic surgeon will be an excellent resource to help you better understand the differences between implant types, and to create a customised surgical plan that is designed to meet your individual needs.Most importantly…The current data available to plastic surgeons indicates that breast augmentation surgery is a safe procedure, provided sensible measures are taken by both patient and surgeon to reduce any known risks. But if you are going to embark upon breast augmentation surgery, it has to be something you feel 100% confident and safe undertaking. If you have doubts or feel anxious about the risks, I recommend waiting. Perhaps do more research, get a second or third opinion from other plastic surgeons and talk to women who have implants. Delaying surgery until you feel totally comfortable with your decision is something your surgeon will support – and something you’ll never regret!Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 12 + 14 = Submit
How many breast augmentations are performed around the world annually?Breast augmentation surgery is one of the most common procedures requested in our Brisbane and Ipswich clinics. Figures released by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons in November 2018 show that 1,677,320 breast augmentations were performed internationally in 2017.Number of breast augmentations performed annually– Annual Global Aesthetic Survey, ISAPS 2017Breast augmentation continues to be the most popular plastic and cosmetic surgery procedure around the world, and in Australia. In our clinics, it is closely followed by abdominoplasty, facelift, breast reduction or breast lift and blepharoplasty surgery. CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn more
Pre operative nerves; how to relieve anxiety before surgeryPre surgery jitters are very normal; even if you are excited about your procedure and the changes it will bring, it can be hard not to worry about the operation, the possible risks and recovery. Whether you are having day surgery or a lengthy inpatient stay, these feelings are to be expected in the days or weeks leading up to your procedure.Severe anxiety can cause unpleasant symptoms and stress. Typical symptoms include a pounding heart, a racing heart, irregular heartbeat, nausea or stomach cramps, shortness of breath and sleep problems. Anxiety can make pain worse, as well as making it harder to cope with the pain. It also becomes a problem if it makes it harder to understand and remember important things you are told about the operation, such as advice about your recovery afterwards.It’s important to make sure that anxiety doesn’t become too overwhelming before your surgery, or impact negatively on your headspace or emotional preparation. Although there is not much research on strategies for managing pre surgery anxiety, some evidence suggests that certain measures can help:Learn how your pre operative nerves are affecting you. Anxiety increases your heart rate, blood pressure and keeps you awake. Over time, most people learn how to manage their anxiety and frightening situations. They develop suitable strategies to cope with what is causing the anxiety. Going into the hospital and having an operation is often a completely new situation, so you might emotional and practical support from friends and family too.Talk to other people. People cope with pre operative anxiety in different ways. Some try to prevent it by obtaining information and talking with other people about their concerns. Others use distraction techniques such as reading, exercise or deep breathing. Several studies have suggested that listening to music before surgery can relieve anxiety.Let your surgeon and hospital staff know how you are feeling. You won’t be the first person to come to hospital feeling anxious and a good surgical team will be skilled in techniques to put patients at ease and make them feel comfortable.Utilise relaxation techniques such as breathing exercises, meditation or muscle relaxation. Massages, acupuncture, homeopathy, aromatherapy or hypnosis aren’t scientifically proven anxiety treatments – but many patients find them beneficial in the lead up to surgery.Medication can assist. Benzodiazepines are often used for the purpose of relaxing patients and reducing anxiety. They might also make you feel drowsy. It is important to tell your surgeon or anaesthetist if you already took a sedative before arriving at the hospital.Smoking before surgery! Many people who smoke tend to smoke even more when they’re feeling worried. But smoking during the lead up to surgery can increase the risk of post operative complications, delayed wound healing and unfavourable scarring. Stop smoking at least 6 weeks before surgery and talk to your GP about obtaining support to break the habit while dealing with pre operative nerves.Have questions regarding surgery? Call our friendly team on 07 3202 4744, we’d love to assist.The information contained in this article in general in nature and does not constitute medical advice.
Breast implant safety updateFrance’s ANSM (their equivalent of Australia’s TGA) recently decided to prohibit the use of 13 macro-textured and polyurethane coated implants from six manufacturers. In Australia, the TGA has asked textured implant suppliers to provide detailed information and samples of their implants for analysis before considering whether to suspend or ban the products.Our clinics do not use ‘macro’ textured implants; the two implant brands that we currently use are not included in France’s ban list; we chose our implant brands based on their very high quality standards. The TGA announcement has caused understandable concern among women who have had breast augmentation surgery, with many wondering if their implants are safe, or require removal and replacement. The brand we predominantly use had its certification mark (CE) renewed by the European Union only two months ago, and carries the lowest rate of complications – such as BIA-ALCL and capsular contracture – partly due to the quality of its ‘micro’ coating.Among other factors, breast implant related lymphoma (BIA-ALCL) has been linked to ‘macro’ textured breast implants. Due to their quality, the ‘micro’ textured implants we use are some of the more expensive on the market in Australia, but we believe the additional investment is worth the cost, offering unparalleled safety – and peace of mind.What does this mean? Now more than ever, it’s important to: EKnow the brand and type of implants your surgeon uses EDr Sharp use Mentor and Motiva implants. Being able to identify the type of implant your surgeon uses is an important part of your pre-surgery education and informed consent. We believe patients deserve to know the brand of the implant a surgeon uses when they are researching the right surgeon for them. EBefore your surgery, ask your surgeon why s/he choses those implants EWe chose these implants because they are high quality prosthesis with sound science behind their design and warranty provisions; they are backed by reputable manufacturers. Secondary to this, they also provide a more natural feel and better result than other implants, in our opinion. EEnsure you are aware of the implant's warranty provisions and safety record EWith Medicare and private health insurers no longer covering implant replacement surgery, warranty provisions for rupture and capsular contracture are very important - not just because they save you money if you need to have the implants replaced, but it also signifies that the manufacturer takes responsibility for its product's performance. EAsk your surgeon if they have taken the 14 Point Plan Pledge EDr Sharp follows the 14 Point Plan. You can read more about why this improves the safety of our breast augmentation surgery here. EAsk your surgeon if they register their implants with the Australian Breast Device Registry EWe do. After your surgery, you will receive your implant details. These are also saved to your electronic chart in our practice, and a copy is sent to the ABDR, so you have 3 ways of identifying your implants should you need to in the future. The data collected by the ABDR also unable us to track the long term performance of breast devices, and identify best surgical practices to ensure optimal patient health outcomes.Are all textured breast implants the same?No. The coating of the implants we use are calling ‘micro’ textured or ‘nano’ textured and differ significantly from those recalled; adhering to the highest implant quality standards. The safety of our implants is supported by clinical data, with our micro textured implants in particular being examined by three, 10-year prospective clinical trials. The risk of developing BIA-ALCL differs between different textured prosthesis and has been shown to be rare with the kind of breast implants we use; about one in 86,000 according to the most recent risk assessment published in the Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery Journal. Other implants carry a 1 in 2,800 risk, demonstrating that when it comes to safety, all implants are not created equal.Read more about BIA-ALCL here.Do I need to have my implants removed and replaced?Currently there are no recommendations to have implants ‘preventatively’ removed. If your implants are causing you concerns – or if you are encountering a complication such as rupture or capsular contracture – see your GP as a first course of action. Seek the advice of your GP if you are experiencing: Eswelling Edistortion Echanges in shape or size Epain or discomfort Edischarge Efirmness / hardness Elumps ErashThe GP will examine your breasts – and they might refer you for an ultrasound or MRI, along with a referral to a plastic surgeon. If you have a copy of your implant details, please bring them along to your consultation.View before and after photos and read more about implant revision, which includes removal and replacement surgery, here. BIA-ALCL: fast facts EThe incidence of BIA-ALCL remains rare. EMost seromas are not BIA-ALCL EAs of September 30, 2018, the FDA had received a total of 660 medical device reports (MDRs) of BIA ALCL worldwide, including the death of nine patients. In Australia and New Zealand, 94 patients have been identified, a further two being worked up. This includes four women who have died. To put this number into context, in 2017 the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons estimated that approximately 1,600,000 breast augmentations were performed that year alone. EDiligent and systematic application of antimicrobial strategies at the time of breast implant surgery has been shown to be beneficial; that's why Dr Sharp follows the Macquarie University 14 Point Plan. ETo date, although there are hypotheses, no one can claim to know the exact cause of BIA-ALCL. The hypotheses with most scientific support involve textured implants, the presence of bacteria, host genetic predisposition, chronic T-cell response with eventual monoclonal proliferation and transformation into lymphoma EUpdated Australian and New Zealand figures show that 70% of ANZ cases are diagnosed in stage 1 of the disease. In these cases, complete surgical removal is curative with enbloc capsulectomy and implant removal.This article does not constitute individual medical advice; if you have any concerns, please see your GP for referral to a specialist plastic surgeon to receive advice specific to you and your implants. Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 14 + 13 = Submit
RETURNING TO EXERCISE AFTER BREAST AUGMENTATION SURGERY“I would love to have a breast augmentation, but I’m worried about the impact it will have on my daily exercise routine, and the muscle tone loss or weight gain I will experience during the downtime.How soon after surgery can I return to working out, and are there any restrictions?”– patient Dr Sharp:It’s great to hear you are thinking about these factors before your augmentation surgery, as they are important pre operative considerations.After breast augmentation surgery you will spend about one week not doing much – you will be able to do basic tasks like showering, getting a drink or chilling on the couch, but not much more than that! During the following week, you’ll return to tasks like making your bed, going for light walks, cooking a meal or driving a car.The most challenging restriction for many of my breast augmentation patients is the requirement to not lift anything over 2kg for at least 6 weeks after surgery. And that doesn’t mean returning to bench pressing 10kg or lifting a toddler at 6 weeks and 1 day post op! Even at the 6-8 week post operative mark, it’s important to ease back into your exercise routine and tasks like shopping, cleaning and lifting small children. Listen to your body and if you experience pain, discomfort or swelling, cease the activity for another 2 weeks and ease back into it. Upper body workouts or things like rock climbing or ergo work will need to wait much longer than 6 weeks, but in the interim there’s other activities you can do to retain your fitness. We work with an experienced personal trainer to create customised workouts during the months after surgery, so talk to us if you’d like to discuss the options available to you, with a carefully selected workout routine.It is important to emphasise that it’s still possible to do damage during this period, placing strain on the supporting structures and new scar tissue in your breast, which can have long term impact on your results! So the short term frustration of ‘taking it easy’ is worth it in the long run – and something worth committing to prior to undergoing breast augmentation surgery.If you use exercise to manage your mental wellbeing, it’s important to discuss this openly with your surgeon prior to surgery, so s/he can discuss the impact that your recovery period could have, and weight up the challenges you might encounter.Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 11 + 9 = Submit
What to expect during your first consultYour first visit to a surgeon can be both exciting, and scary. It’s very normal to experience a mix of nerves, eagerness and uncertainty. To ensure that your visit is as stress free as possible, prior to your first visit, our patient care team will email to you: Ea link to complete our patient registration form online (please complete this at least 24 hours prior to your consult) Ea list of any referral letters, tests or reports to bring along Edirections to our free patient carparkDuring your first visit to us for a cosmetic or reconstructive procedure, you will be greeted by our friendly patient care team, who will take your referral letter or reports, and give you a white folder containing your procedure information pack. Please enjoy a tea or coffee while you wait, and peruse the information contained in your white folder.We don’t expect you to speed read all the information in this folder before you go in to see Dr Sharp, but some of the key points on the back page of the brochure might help you formulate questions you hadn’t already thought of.At the end of your consult you will take this folder home; we understand there’s a lot of information to take in during you first consultation, so don’t hesitate to ask questions or request that Dr Sharp elaborate on any information you don’t understand.During your consult with Dr Sharp he will discuss your concerns – or the areas you’d like to improve. He will examine and assess the area, and take any necessary clinical measurements. You will then step through the surgical options available together. Once you have decided upon your desired procedure in consultation with Dr Sharp, he will step through the surgical process involved – as well as the expected outcomes, risks, recovery period and any considerations he’d like you to make when weighing up the procedure’s pros and cons. Dr Sharp is very approachable and most patients comment that they quickly feel relaxed and at ease with him – but he also appreciates that talking about your concerns or being examined isn’t something people do every day, and so you might feel uncomfortable; this is very normal. Please let Dr Sharp know if you would like a friend, family member or female observer to be present during your consult. Sometimes it can be difficult to take in all the information discussed during the first consultation and so having a second set of ears present can also be helpful when recalling the procedure/s you discussed. As standard procedure, we always require a friend, family member or female member of our team to be present during genital examinations. This information will also be contained within the information pack you will take home on the day, along with the consent form explaining the elements of the procedure you need to consider before committing to surgery. If you are considering breast augmentation surgery, Dr Sharp will also provide a sports bra and implant ‘sizers’ to try on.This enables you to put your own top on (or we have tops available for you to use) and view the different implant sizers in a mirror. You are welcome to take photos of your anticipated breast appearance in clothing, as this can be helpful when considering your implant size selection at home later on.After your consultation with Dr Sharp, clinical pre operative photos will be taken of the area you are having treated. These photos are securely stored and used as a reference tool by Dr Sharp when planning surgery, and sometimes intraoperatively. 3D simulation technology is also available in our clinic, and if you are having breast augmentation surgery, one of our patient care team members will complete the scan and upload your simulation results to peruse at home. At the conclusion of your consultation with Dr Sharp he will advise our patient care team of the procedure you are considering and any potential item numbers involved. This will enable us to check if any Medicare or private health insurance rebates apply, and compile an estimate of fees for you. This takes 5-10 minutes, so we thank you in advance for your patience while we collate the different costs for your procedure.Before you leave the clinic, we will step through the estimate of fees with you and answer any queries you might have regarding costs, as well as providing you with potential surgery dates at your preferred hospital/s.After your initial consultation if you wish to proceed with surgery, our patient care team will schedule the procedure for you and accept any deposits required. If you are having a cosmetic procedure, we will organise a second – complimentary – pre operative consultation with Dr Sharp. We ask patients to bring their patient information folder back with them for this consultation, as it contains important consent documentation which needs to be signed with Dr Sharp.We also offer video consultations for regional or overseas patients who wish to see Dr Sharp. Usually at least one of the two consultations is conducted face to face prior to surgery, with the other consult via video (FaceTime or Skype).Ready to experience the gold standard in surgical care? Contact us belowName*Email* Phone*Message*EmailThis field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged.
New health fund tiers: what do they mean for you?Private health insurance is a significant investment for most Australians, with 55% of us covered by some policy. Often, insurance products are complex and difficult to understand and compare. You might have recently heard from your health fund regarding new policy changes that will commence this year. In an attempt to simplify health insurance, the government has introduced a new tier system, in the hope that it will ensure consumers know what they’re covered for, when they buy a particular policy. It’s hoped that these new changes will provide more clarity for consumers – and less unpleasant surprises when it comes to claiming for procedures. This may also impact your coverage for certain Medicare item numbers.The private health insurance reforms will bring in a new system for categorising hospital products, breaking policy cover up into gold, silver, bronze or basic cover.All hospital-based treatments have been organised into 38 categories, based around different body systems, for example: ‘ear, nose and throat’ or ‘bone, joint and muscle’.Each new hospital policy will fall under one of four product tiers: gold, silver, bronze or basic. Each product tier will cover a specific number of categories in a private hospital: EBasic – very little if any cover in private hospital EBronze – low cover (18 categories of services) ESilver – medium cover (26 categories of services) EGold – full or top cover (all 38 categories of services)Policies that cover more than the minimum requirement will be called a ‘plus’ policy, for example ‘bronze plus’ would cover some additional benefits, above a standard bronze policy.Also, member will now be able to choose to pay a higher excess to reduce their premiums. This means they might choose a policy that costs less throughout the year, but will incur a larger excess payment if they do go to hospital.When will the changes happen?The changes will start to happen from 1 April 2019. By 1 April 2020, every private health insurance policy will have changed to the new system. Your insurance policy may not change straight away, but if you are planning surgery, we recommend that you call your fund to discuss their changeover date.I’m planning surgery; should I change my policy before the 1st of April?Choice recommends that – unless your fund has advised that you will lose cover for an essential item – you don’t need to switch funds or policies before 1 April. They recommend waiting until your fund advises the switch over date, and whether or not they’ll close old policies and move members to a new one. Also, Choice advises that it could be difficult to find the right policy before April 1 as many policies are changing, and will be released after that date.Finding the right policy to switch to before 1 April might be difficult, because many policies are changing and new ones will be released on that date. If you haven’t already, you’ll receive a letter from your health fund telling you what they’re going to do with your policy; read this handy guide to help you understand the letter from your fund.If you’re planning surgery, ask your surgeon if item numbers apply. If so, contact your fund and ask whether the item numbers specific to your surgery will be covered in the tier that your policy will be on. If not, ask them if you can select a higher tier – and whether they’ll waive any waiting periods.Is this a good thing, or a bad thing?Like all private health insurance policy changes, only time will tell! The government believes the new tiers will make it easier for patients to understand what each policy type covers, and to shop around for the best private health insurance deals. Conversely, there are concerns that consumers will have difficulty understanding the new categories, and ensuring continuity of cover.We welcome any private health insurance reforms that deliver clearer, fairer and more cost effective options for patients.While we are not permitted to recommend any specific funds to our patients, our practice manager Carol is able assist you with questions to ask your fund to ensure you are covered for any item number eligible procedures you may be considering in the future. Email Carol any questions at manager@drdavidsharp.com.au
In the media: Dr David Sharp plastic surgery Dr Sharp was featured in the QT this month, discussing the tips, trends and pitfalls of plastic surgery in 2019.He said more Australians are undergoing plastic surgery as taboos fall and surgical advancements evolve.Below are some excerpts from the interview with QT Editor Shannon Newley:Why I chose a career in plastic surgery…The reason I chose plastic surgery as a sub-specialty is because I love performing the full spectrum of procedures it offers. They are all rewarding because they effect positive change in patients’ lives in different ways. For example, blepharoplasty surgery provides an instant reward because the recovery is so quick and it’s a small operation that makes a big change, whereas post pregnancy abdominoplasty and breast lift surgery is rewarding – even though the recovery is longer – because it restores core strength and improves back pain, pelvic floor issues and skin irritations after a woman has given so much of her body over to having a baby.Future trends in plastic and cosmetic surgeryWe will see more interest in minimal downtime surgery such as lip lifts, mini-facelifts and procedures that combine fat grafting. For skin condition and improvement, there is a growing interest in medical grade lasers, micro-needling and PRP therapy to help stimulate the skin’s own natural responses. It’s a more holistic approach than we’ve seen in the past, and I think it’s going to achieve more natural, sustainable results for patients.Current trends in plastic and cosmetic surgeryThe interest in having cosmetic surgery is definitely still on the rise. This is because the taboos that previously existed around these procedures have lifted; they are also easier to access now, thanks to lower costs. Some of the procedures can also be claimed through private health insurance such as breast reduction, abdominoplasty or rhinoplasty, if they are considered to be medically required.We are definitely seeing more demand for breast augmentations and facelifts than we have in the past. This could be due to a greater awareness of the options available; facelift surgery techniques have evolved to offer a procedure that provides a very naturally rejuvenated look – not the stretched, pulled-back appearance. We’re also seeing smaller facial procedures, such as minifacelifts and lip-lift surgery, grow in popularity as we can perform some of these under local anaesthetic.The “new generation”, high quality breast implants I use also look and feel more natural than ever before, and along with fat grafting, it means we can tailor the augmentation result to the patient’s unique anatomy. In terms of breast augmentation, the popularity of this procedure has skyrocketed over the past 10 years in general.Misconceptions about cosmetic surgeryThere is still a concerning lack of understanding around credentials. We still speak to a lot of patients who didn’t realise there’s a difference between a doctor that has done 7-10 years of additional training and supervision to become a surgeon, as opposed to a doctor who wants to call themselves a surgeon, and opens up a cosmetic clinic. I encourage patients to check their doctor’s qualifications on the Royal Australasian College of Surgeon’s website’s ‘surgeon finder’; if they aren’t there, they aren’t an accredited Specialist Plastic Surgeon. Meaning, they will not be covered by the same training, hospital operating rights or insurance provisions. The same applies to cosmetic injectables; when you can get a TGA-regulated injection in a hairdressing salon or beauty clinic with no medical professional in sight; we need to ask why patients’ best interests and safety are not being considered.Four steps patients should take before undertaking cosmetic surgeryLook at lots of websites, choose a shortlist of two or three surgeons and check their credentials on the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons’ website (https://www.surgeons.org/ find-a-surgeon/) to ensure the surgeon you choose in in fact a Specialist Surgeon and accredited by the Australian Health Practitioners Regulation Agency.Book a consultation with more than one; it’s a big decision and you need to choose a surgeon that you resonate with and feel comfortable around.Have at least two consultations before your surgery to ensure you’ve had the time to ask all of your questions and that you fully understand the potential complications and how long your recovery is going to take.Have realistic expectations; plastic surgery is about making improvements – not about achieving perfection
HOW CAN I PREVENT OR TREAT SCAR TETHERING?“I’ve had surgery and experienced scar tethering in the past. I’d like to have more surgery, but I’m worried it will happen again.Is there a way of removing it – and how can I make sure it won’t happen again?” – patient Dr Sharp:Scar tethering is sometimes part of your body’s scar healing, with scar tissue under the skin adhering to deeper structures. The scar healing process takes about 24 months in total, and during this period the scar progresses through a number of phases and presentations. How it looks, feels to touch – and the sensations in the area – also change during this period.During the early phases of healing, everything tightens and can feel very firm and thick. During this time we generally recommend massage as your best prevention/optimisation tool. This can be done without lubrication or with the assistance of an over-the-counter silicone gel from the pharmacy to help with the movement. If you have a surface wound, you can also use our Healing Gel.Following your post operative instructions and being patient are the best tools in the early stages of recovery, to optimise your results. Attending your post operative consultations so your surgeon can assess your scar development is also essential.Prevention can be difficult, especially if the area has been operated on before and previously experienced tethering. Sometimes the surgeon can try to release the scar using subcision, whereby they undermine the fibrous bands holding the scar down, however this is not always successful, particularly on tighter areas where the skin is stretched across the bone such as the cheek or jawlines.After the scarring has settled, scars can soften and loosen up with time – and if this doesn’t occur satisfactorily, Fraxel laser and dermal fillers can be used in small doses to help plump and improve the appearance of the skin in the area. Lasers can commence from week 6 post op, and fillers can be utilised a bit further down the track, once the initial healing period is complete.During this period you will have routine post op consults booked, but we welcome you to come in and see us for a checkup – or to consult with Deborah, who is experienced with non surgical scar optimisation strategies. I hope this information assists during your healing process.Ask us your scar question! Name Email Address Message 14 + 2 = Submit
How many cosmetic wrinkle injections are performed each year?Cosmetic wrinkle injections are the most commonly performed aesthetic treatments in the world, according to figures released by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons in November 2018. In our Brisbane and Ipswich cosmetic clinics, muscle relaxing cosmetic injectables have been performed on a daily basis for many years – and continue to be one of our most rapidly growing procedures, with crows feet, frown lines and hyperhidrosis for excessive sweating three of the most common treatment areas.Number of wrinkle injection treatments performed annually– Annual Global Aesthetic Survey, ISAPS 2017 Wrinkle injection treatments work by safely and temporarily reducing muscle activity, smoothing existing wrinkles and preventing more from forming. The effects last 3-4 months and so the 10-20 minute treatment is usually performed 3-4 times a year.Priced from $12.50 per unit, we use the world’s most reputable wrinkle injection product (which can’t be named here due to TGA regulations) under the clinical supervision of our plastic surgeon Dr Sharp.CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn moreModern injecting techniques deliver a soft, natural look – rather than the frozen, overly smooth appearance once synonymous with this treatment.In addition to reducing wrinkles in the upper face, muscle relaxing injections can also reduce the appearance of a ‘gummy smile’ whereby the upper lip curles up, exposing the upper gums – as well as excessive sweating in the armpits, hands, scalp and feet, which is called hyperhidrosis. With its excellent safety record and broad application, it’s not difficult to see why it is literally the world’s most popular cosmetic treatment!To book a complimentary wrinkle injection consultation, call us on 07 3202 4744.
Question of the week: should I lose weight before I have liposuction?Is liposuction just for people who are significantly overweight; what about people who just want to lose the last stubborn kilograms?I am close to my ideal weight but can’t seem to budge pockets of fat on my stomach and lower back. - patient Dr Sharp:Liposuction is ideal for people who have reached their ideal, healthy weight, and wish to remove stubborn pockets of fat. Lower abdominal fat and love handles respond very well, and it is also a popular treatment for reducing pockets of unwanted fat under the chin, around the knees, back/bra strap fat, inside the thighs and on the back of arms. (Pictured above: liposuction results for Dr Sharp’s patient at 6 months post surgery).Liposuction is not a weight loss or weight reduction procedure. Patients who are yet to achieve their ideal healthy weight can be disappointed by the results of liposuction as larger areas of fat can experience irregularities and patients can find it doesn’t give them the ‘dress size drop’ they were hoping for via liposuction, instead of weight loss.While it can be tempting to have liposuction before your weight loss journey is completed, to obtain the best results and ensure a healthy recovery, it’s important to be as close as possible to your ideal weight. Sometimes Instagram ‘after’ photos of patients on the operating table following liposuction can be misleading and give a false impression of what can be achieved, so it’s important to look at photos three, six or twelve months after surgery to get a realistic indication of your potential outcome.[Pictured left before and three months after upper arm liposuction with Dr Sharp]Ask us your liposuction question! Name Email Address Message 14 + 5 = Submit
Question of the week: what’s the best time of year to have a breast augmentation?If I want to be healed in time for next summer, what’s the best time of year to have a breast augmentation? How long will the recovery take and how soon can I swim? - patient Dr Sharp:Breast augmentation in Brisbane is a four-seasons procedure, in that it’s one of those popular operations that I perform every week, every month, of the year. Especially in Queensland, where our weather in warm or mild all year round – women tend to enjoy their results across the year instead of the very cool climates where they are more likely to be concealed by jackets and bulky knits for 6 months of the year.That said, having breasts that are fully healed by the time summer holidays roll around is a common request. For the first 6 weeks after a breast augmentation, your incisions can’t be submerged in bath, spa, pool or sea water – so if you are planning summer holidays, that’s something to consider. Likewise if you are planning a holiday to Europe during their summer, it’s wise to have the surgery at least 6 weeks beforehand, so you can swim and participate in normal activities.We also recommend that patients don’t lift anything heavier than 2kg for the first 6 weeks, so that’s something to think about in terms of returning to the gym, lifting older children, returning to a job that is labour intensive or going on holidays and lifting heavy bags.I encourage my patients to look at the next 6 months and work out where that 6 week ‘gap’ can be – and work backwards from there to find the most suitable time for their surgery.When planning your breast augmentation, remember that you will probably have 2 consultations with your surgeon, a few weeks or even months apart.Also keep in mind that most plastic surgeons in Brisbane or Ipswich will have anywhere from a 3 to 8 week wait at various times of year; sometimes longer. Start contacting your short list of surgeons for available appointments about 4-6 months ahead of your ideal surgery time frame, so you get your pick of preferred dates, and also so you don’t feel like the consultation and surgery booking process is rushed or compromised. It’s an exciting and important process, so give yourself lots of planning time!Ask us your breast augmentation question! Name Email Address Message 7 + 1 = Submit
2018 Highlights: before and after plastic surgery with Dr David SharpIt’s been a big year of operating for us – and we love nothing more than to look back through our patients’ surgical journeys and see the improvements they’ve experienced!From facelift and blepharoplasty through to breast augmentation, abdominoplasty and wrinkle injections – here’s a small selection of results from the thousands of procedures that Dr Sharp performed during the past 12 months. We love being part of every patient’s surgical journey, and witnessing the positive life changes that self improvement can bring; which often reach far beyond the physical transformations seen here. Thank you to all of our patients, for entrusting your care to us – and making us part of your 2018.A special thank you to those patients who generously permitted us to share their results, to help educate others about procedures they might be considering. Keep an eye out for more on our Facebook and Instagram pages!CONSIDERING SURGERY IN 2019? THE BEST RESULTS ARE PLANNED AHEAD! CONTACT US TO TAKE THE FIRST STEP...learn more
What is the short scar breast augmentation technique?As breast augmentation techniques evolve, the visible signs of surgery have become less prominent.One of the techniques that Dr Sharp employs during almost every breast augmentation procedure he performs at our Brisbane and Ipswich hospitals, is the short scar augmentation. This technique provides a reduced incision length and less scaring for our patients. In order to insert the implant, an inframammary incision is made under the breast. In the past, surgeons had to dissect the implant pocket and squeeze an implant through this incision, so they had to make the cut wide enough to accommodate the implant.However, Dr Sharp is able to make a smaller incision due to his use of a special sleeve to enable narrower insertion of the implant. A tool known as the ‘Keller Funnel’ (which you can watch Dr Sharp use here), allows the smaller incision to be made; the implant is passed into the chest via the funnel and in most cases, the scars are completely concealed in the fold (see images below, taken from underneath with the patient lying down). above left: six month old breast augmentation scar | above right: six month old breast augmentation scar In addition to aesthetic benefits of a shorter scar, the funnel also has safety benefits; it enables the silicone gel implant to be placed into the breast without the need for touching, and with more control by the surgeon.While Dr Sharp does everything possible to minimise every scar created by his surgery, there are certain circumstances where a short scar incision isn’t possible. This includes some removal and replacement or revision procedures.All surgery leaves scars. Sometimes patients are prone to keloid or hypertrophic scarring which can be prominent, but steps can be taken post operatively if your post op surgical team is made aware of this – using tape, dressings, topical treatments and possibly laser or fractionated needling therapy. Most patients do not require any scar intervention, but if you want to give your scars the best chance of healing well, follow these 3 steps:Read the post op instructions your surgeon has provided, and follow them closely.When your post op care team indicates the time is right, start massaging your scars daily with the gel provided by Dr Sharp in your post op care bag.Keep your tapes on and wear your clinical support garment as per your post op instructions.Don’t stretch, over-extend or place pressure on your incision lines; they are under the tension and weight of an implant, so give them support and lots of care!Read more about our approach to breast augmentation surgery in our Ultimate Breast Augmentation Guide. above: before and five months after breast augmentation surgery with Dr SharpCALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn more
How many liposuction procedures are performed around the world each year?Liposuction is a commonly-requested procedure in our Brisbane and Ipswich clinics, with patients often pairing it with facelift, breast and abdominal surgery. Liposuction can also form part of gynaecomastia, gender confirmation and thigh lift procedures. Figures released by the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons in November 2018 show that 1,573,680 breast augmentations were performed internationally in 2017.Number of liposuction procedures performed annually– Annual Global Aesthetic Survey, ISAPS 2017 This makes liposuction the second most performed procedure in the world during 2017, closely behind breast augmentation surgery which was performed 1,677,320 times. Liposuction is suitable for people who have achieved their ideal weight and just have pockets of stubborn fat that don’t respond to diet or exercise.Commonly treated areas include the abdomen, flanks, under-bra area, upper arms and double chin.CALL TO BOOK A CONSULTATION WITH DR SHARPlearn more
Question of the week: are routine MRI scans necessary after breast augmentation?How can I tell if my implant has ruptured? I had breast implants last year and was wondering if I need to get routine breast ultrasounds or MRI scans? I don’t have a family history of breast cancer. - patient Dr Sharp:Routine MRI or ultrasounds are not recommended unless you: Ehave a history of breast cancer Ehave noticed changes in your breasts such as the onset of pain, distortion or discharge Esuspect your implant/s may be ruptured Ehave experienced trauma to your chest and there are concerns that your implant/s may have been damagedSo if you don’t have a history of breast cancer (and aren’t of an age – or family history – to need routine screening yet), regular scans to check on the condition of your implants is not recommended in Australia.The specific silicone gel filled implants I use are of an extremely high quality; they are covered by a lifetime warranty for rupture. This means the manufacturers back the implant quality, and they will replace them for free if they are to rupture at any point in the future.Surgeons can also take certain steps to reduce the risk of breast implant rupture at the time of implant placement, including using a Keller funnel to place the implant with minimal impact on the implant itself. I use a funnel for this and other safety reasons when inserting implants.In the case of silicone implants, if the implant shell develops a small opening, due to its cohesive nature, the silicone gel will most likely remain inside the implant’s outer shell. If a tear develops in the outer shell, the silicone gel may leave the implant, but will usually be contained within the natural scar tissue capsule that forms a few weeks after the implant is placed.That means you might not notice an immediate difference in your breast. If you do notice a change in your breast, it might be a shape our outline/profile alteration. You might notice some persistent discomfort in the area. As silicone gel is biologically inert, it does not react with your tissues and research shows that when modern cohesive gel implants rupture, they don’t pose an immediate risk to your health.If you think you might have a rupture: EVisit your GP; they will assess your breast (and symptoms) and may refer you to have a scan. Ask for a referral to see your plastic surgeon; a referral from your GP will enable you to receive a Medicare rebate on your specialist consultation fee. EIf you aren't going back to see your original surgeon, and you don't have the implant details that were given to you at the time of your augmentation, contact your surgeon to obtain these. This will help you ascertain the type of implants (cohesive gel, saline etc) and the manufacturer's warranty provisions. Knowing your warranty provisions will help you ascertain the out of pocket costs of any potential revision surgery.Implants do not last forever; I have seen patients with first-generation implants that have been in place for over 40 years, while other patients have required replacement due to capsular contracture, rupture or migration after 8-10 years.The good news for women who wish to undergo breast augmentation with modern high quality silicone gel implants is that they are generally very safe and ruptures are rare. When they do occur, they are usually contained within the capsule and easily removed and replaced.For more information, read our checklist for caring for your breast implants , which includes: ESelf-examination EScreening when you reach the age where screening is recommend - or if you have a family history that makes you a candidate for early screening EWatching for changesHave breast implant questions? Name Email Address Message 6 + 8 = Submit
